书架/Thomas' Calculus

Chapter 13: Partial Derivatives

13.1 Functions of Several Variables

Real-valued functions of several independent real variables are defined analogously to functions of a single variable. Points in the domain are now ordered pairs (or triples, quadruples, n-tuples) of real numbers, and values in the range are real numbers.

DEFINITIONS Suppose D is a set of n-tuples of real numbers (𝑥1,𝑥2,…,𝑥𝑛) A real-valued function f on D is a rule that assigns a real number

𝑤=𝑓(𝑥1,𝑥2,…,𝑥𝑛)

to each element in D. The set D is the function’s domain. The set of w-values taken on by 𝑓 is the function’s range. The symbol w is the dependent variable of 𝑓, and 𝑓 is said to be a function of the n independent variables 𝑥1 to 𝑥𝑛 . We also call the \boldsymbol𝑥𝑗♭𝐬 the function’s input variables and call w the function’s output variable.

If f is a function of two independent variables, we usually call the independent variables x and y and the dependent variable 𝑧, and we picture the domain of f as a region in the xy-plane (Figure 13.1). If 𝑓 is a function of three independent variables, we call the independent variables x, y, and z and the dependent variable w, and we picture the domain as a region in space.

In applications, we tend to use letters that remind us of what the variables stand for. To say that the volume of a right circular cylinder is a function of its radius and height, we might write 𝑉 =𝑓(𝑟,ℎ) . To be more specific, we might replace the notation 𝑓(𝑟,ℎ) by the formula that calculates the value of V from the values of r and ℎ, and write 𝑉  = 𝜋𝑟2ℎ In either case, r and h would be the independent variables and V the dependent variable of the function.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.1 An arrow diagram for the function 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)

As usual, we evaluate functions defined by formulas by substituting the values of the independent variables in the formula and calculating the corresponding value of the dependent variable. For example, the value of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2 at the point (3,0,4) is

𝑓(3,0,4)=√(3)2+(0)2+(4)2=√25=5.

Domains and Ranges

In defining a function of more than one variable, we follow the usual practice of excluding inputs that lead to complex numbers or division by zero. If 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√𝑦−𝑥2 , then y cannot be less than 𝑥2 . If 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1/(𝑥𝑦) , then xy cannot be zero. The domain of a function is assumed to be the largest set for which the defining rule generates real numbers, unless the domain is otherwise specified explicitly. The range consists of the set of output values for the dependent variable.

EXAMPLE 1

(a) These are functions of two variables. Note the restrictions that apply to their domains in order to obtain a real value for the dependent variable z.

FunctionDomainRange
𝑧 =√𝑦−𝑥2𝑦 ≥𝑥2[0,∞)
𝑧 =1𝑥𝑦𝑥𝑦 ≠0( −∞,0) ∪(0,∞)
𝑧 =sin⁡𝑥𝑦Entire plane[ −1,1]

(b) These are functions of three variables with restrictions on some of their domains.

FunctionDomainRange
𝑤 =√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2Entire space[0,∞)
𝑤 =1𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) ≠(0,0,0)(0,∞)
𝑤 =𝑥𝑦ln⁡𝑧Half-space 𝑧 >0( −∞,∞)

Functions of Two Variables

On the real line, closed intervals [𝑎,𝑏] include their boundary points while open intervals (𝑎,𝑏) do not. Intervals such as [𝑎,𝑏) , which includes only one of its two boundary points, are neither open nor closed. Regions in the plane can also be open, closed, or neither.

教材插图

(a) Interior point

教材插图

FIGURE 13.2 Interior points and boundary points of a plane region R. An interior point is necessarily a point of R. A boundary point of R need not belong to R.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.4 The domain of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) in Example 2 consists of the shaded region and its bounding parabola.

DEFINITIONS A point (𝑥0,𝑦0) in a region (set) R in the xy-plane is an interior point of R if it is the center of a disk of positive radius that lies entirely in R (Figure 13.2). A point (𝑥0,𝑦0) is a boundary point of R if every disk centered at (𝑥0,𝑦0) contains points that lie outside of R as well as points that lie in R. (The boundary point itself need not belong to R.)

The interior points of a region, as a set, make up the interior of the region. The region’s boundary points make up its boundary. A region is open if it consists entirely of interior points. A region is closed if it contains all its boundary points (Figure 13.3).

教材插图

FIGURE 13.3 Interior points and boundary points of the unit disk in the plane.

As with a half-open interval of real numbers [ )a b, , some regions in the plane are neither open nor closed. If you start with the open disk in Figure 13.3 and add to it some, but not all, of its boundary points, the resulting set is neither open nor closed. The boundary points that are there keep the set from being open. The absence of the remaining boundary points keeps the set from being closed. Two interesting examples are the empty set and the entire plane. The empty set has no interior points and no boundary points. This implies that the empty set is open (because it does not contain points that are not interior points), and at the same time it is closed (because there are no boundary points that it fails to contain). The entire xy-plane is also both open and closed: open because every point in the plane is an interior point, and closed because it has no boundary points. The empty set and the entire plane are the only subsets of the plane that are both open and closed. Other sets may be open, or closed, or neither.

DEFINITIONS A region in the plane is bounded if it lies inside a disk of finite radius. A region is unbounded if it is not bounded.

Examples of bounded sets in the plane include line segments, triangles, interiors of triangles, rectangles, circles, and disks. Examples of unbounded sets in the plane include lines, coordinate axes, the graphs of functions defined on infinite intervals, quadrants, halfplanes, and the plane itself.

EXAMPLE 2 Describe the domain of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√𝑦−𝑥2.

Solution Since f is defined only where 𝑦 −𝑥2 ≥0, , the domain is the closed, unbounded region shown in Figure 13.4. The parabola 𝑦 =𝑥2 is the boundary of the domain. The points above the parabola make up the domain’s interior. ■

教材插图

FIGURE 13.5 The graph and selected level curves of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) in Example 3. The level curves lie in the xy-plane,which is the domain of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)

The contour curve 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =100 −𝑥2 −𝑦2 =75 is the circle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =25 in the plane 𝑧 =75.

教材插图

The level curve 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =100 −𝑥2 −𝑦2 =75 is the circle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =25 in the xy-plane.

FIGURE 13.6 A plane z = c parallel to the xy-plane intersecting a surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) produces a contour curve.

Graphs, Level Curves, and Contours of Functions of Two Variables

There are two standard ways to picture the values of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) . One is to draw and label curves in the domain on which 𝑓 has a constant value. The other is to sketch the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) in space.

DEFINITIONS The set of points in the plane where a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) has a constant value 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑐 is called a level curve of 𝑓. The set of all points (𝑥,𝑦,𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)) in space, for (𝑥,𝑦) in the domain of 𝑓, is called the graph of 𝑓.

The graph of f is often called the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦).

EXAMPLE 3 Graph 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =100 −𝑥2 −𝑦2 and plot the level curves 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =0 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =51,and𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =75 in the domain of f in the plane.

Solution The domain of f is the entire xy-plane, and the range of f is the set of real numbers less than or equal to 100. The graph is the paraboloid 𝑧 =100 −𝑥2 −𝑦2 , the positive portion of which is shown in Figure 13.5.

The level curve 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =0 is the set of points in the xy-plane at which

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=100−𝑥2−𝑦2=0, or 𝑥2+𝑦2=100,

which is the circle of radius 10 centered at the origin. Similarly, the level curves 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =51 and 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =75 (Figure 13.5) are the circles

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=100−𝑥2−𝑦2=51, or 𝑥2+𝑦2=49𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=100−𝑥2−𝑦2=75, or 𝑥2+𝑦2=25.

The level curve 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =100 consists of the origin alone. (It is still a level curve.) If 𝑥2 +𝑦2 >100. , then the values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) are negative. For example, the circle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =144 , which is the circle centered at the origin with radius 12, gives the constant value 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) = −44 and is a level curve of 𝑓.

The curve in space in which the plane 𝑧 =𝑐 cuts a surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is made up of the points that represent the function value 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑐. . It is called the contour curve 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑐 to distinguish it from the level curve 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑐 in the domain of 𝑓. Figure 13.6 shows the contour curve 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =75 on the surface 𝑧 =100 −𝑥2 −𝑦2 defined by the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =100 −𝑥2 −𝑦2 . The contour curve lies directly above the circle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =25 , which is the level curve 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =75 in the function’s domain.

The distinction between level curves and contour curves is often overlooked, and it is common to call both types of curves by the same name, relying on context to make it clear which type of curve is meant. On most maps, for example, the curves that represent constant elevation (height above sea level) are called contours, not level curves (Figure 13.7).

Functions of Three Variables

In the plane, the points where a function of two independent variables has a constant value 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑐 make a curve in the function’s domain. In space, the points where a function of three independent variables has a constant value 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑐 make a surface in the function’s domain.

DEFINITION The set of points (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) in space where a function of three independent variables has a constant value 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑐 is called a level surface of 𝑓.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.8 The level surfaces of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2 are concentric spheres (Example 4).

教材插图

(a) Interior point

教材插图

(b) Boundary point

FIGURE 13.9 Interior points and boundary points of a region in space. As with regions in the plane, a boundary point need not belong to the space region R.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.7 Contours on Mt. Washington in New Hampshire. (Source: United States Geological Survey)

Since the graphs of functions of three variables consist of points (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)) lying in a four-dimensional space, we cannot sketch them effectively in our threedimensional frame of reference. We can see how the function behaves, however, by looking at its three-dimensional level surfaces.

EXAMPLE 4 Describe the level surfaces of the function

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2.

Solution The value of f is the distance from the origin to the point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) . Each level surface √𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2 =𝑐,𝑐 >0 , is a sphere of radius c centered at the origin. Figure 13.8 shows a cutaway view of three of these spheres. The level surface √𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2 =0 consists of the origin alone.

We are not graphing the function here; we are looking at level surfaces in the function’sdomain. The level surfaces show how the function’s values change as we move through itsdomain. If we remain on a sphere of radius c centered at the origin, the function maintains aconstant value, namely c. If we move from a point on one sphere to a point on another, thefunction’s value changes. It increases if we move away from the origin and decreases if wemove toward the origin. The way the values change depends on the direction we take. Thedependence of change on direction is important. We return to it in Section 13.5. 一

The definitions of interior, boundary, open, closed, bounded, and unbounded for regions in space are similar to those for regions in the plane. To accommodate the extra dimension, we use solid balls of positive radius instead of disks.

DEFINITIONS A point (𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) in a region R in space is an interior point of R if it is the center of a solid ball that lies entirely in R (Figure 13.9a). A point (𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) is a boundary point of R if every solid ball centered at (𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) contains points that lie outside of R as well as points that lie inside R (Figure 13.9b). The interior of R is the set of interior points of R. The boundary of R is the set of boundary points of R.

A region is open if it consists entirely of interior points. A region is closed if it contains its entire boundary.

A region is bounded if it lies inside a solid ball of finite radius; otherwise, the region is unbounded.

Examples of open sets in space include the interior of a sphere, the open half-space 𝑧 >0 , the first octant (where x, y, and z are all positive), and space itself. Examples of closed sets in space include lines, planes, and the closed half-space 𝑧 ≥0.A solid sphere with part of its boundary removed or a solid cube with a missing face, edge, or corner point is neither open nor closed.

Functions of more than three independent variables are also important. For example, a model that measures temperature in the atmosphere may depend not only on the location of the point 𝑃(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) in space, but also on the time t when it is measured, so we would write 𝑇 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑡)

Computer Graphing

Three-dimensional graphing software makes it possible to graph functions of two variables. We can often get information more quickly from a graph than from a formula, since the surfaces reveal increasing and decreasing behavior, and high points or low points.

教材插图

EXAMPLE 5 The temperature w beneath the Earth’s surface is a function of the depth x beneath the surface and the time t of the year. If we measure x in meters and t as the number of days elapsed from the expected date of the yearly highest surface temperature, we can model the variation in temperature with the function

FIGURE 13.10 This graph shows the seasonal variation of the temperature below ground as a fraction of surface temperature (Example 5).

𝑤=cos⁡(1.7×10−2𝑡−0.6𝑥)𝑒−0.6𝑥.

(The temperature at 0 m is scaled to vary from +1 to −1, so that the variation at x meters can be interpreted as a fraction of the variation at the surface.)

Figure 13.10 shows a graph of the function. At a depth of 5 m, the variation (change in vertical amplitude in the figure) is about 5% of the surface variation. At 8 m, there is almost no variation during the year.

The graph also shows that the temperature 5 m below the surface is about half a yearout of phase with the surface temperature. When the temperature is lowest on the surface(late January, say), it is at its highest 5 m below. Five meters below the ground, the seasonsare reversed. 一

Figure 13.11 shows computer-generated graphs of a number of functions of two variables together with their level curves.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.11 Computer-generated graphs and level curves of typical functions of two variables.

Exercises 13.1

Domain, Range, and Level Curves

In Exercises 1–4, find the specific function values. 1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦3 a. 𝑓(0,0) b. 𝑓( −1,1) c. 𝑓(2,3) d. 𝑓( −3, −2)

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =sin⁡(𝑥𝑦) a. 𝑓(2,𝜋6) b. 𝑓(−3,𝜋12) c. 𝑓(𝜋,14) d. 𝑓(−𝜋2,−7)

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥−𝑦𝑦2+𝑧2 a. 𝑓(3, −1,2) b. 𝑓(1,12, −14) c. 𝑓(0, −13,0) d. 𝑓(2,2,100)

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =√49−𝑥2−𝑦2−𝑧2 a. 𝑓(0,0,0) b. 𝑓(2, −3,6) c. 𝑓( −1,2,3) d. 𝑓(4√2,5√2,6√2)

In Exercises 5–12, find and sketch the domain for each function.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√𝑦−𝑥−2

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2 −4)

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥−1)(𝑦+2)(𝑦−𝑥)(𝑦−𝑥3)

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =sin⁡(𝑥𝑦)𝑥2+𝑦2−25

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =cos−1⁡(𝑦 −𝑥2)

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡(𝑥𝑦+𝑥−𝑦−1)

  7. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√(𝑥2−4)(𝑦2−9)

  8. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1ln⁡(4−𝑥2−𝑦2)

In Exercises 13–16, find and sketch the level curves 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑐 on the same set of coordinate axes for the given values of c. We refer to these level curves as a contour map.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥 +𝑦 −1,𝑐 = −3, −2, −1,0,1,2,3

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2,𝑐 =0,1,4,9,16,25

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦,𝑐 = −9, −4, −1,0,1,4,9

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√25−𝑥2−𝑦2,𝑐 =0,1,2,3,4

In Exercises 17–30, (a) find the function’s domain, (b) find the function’s range, (c) describe the function’s level curves, (d) find the boundary of the function’s domain, (e) determine whether the domain is an open region, a closed region, or neither, and (f) decide whether the domain is bounded or unbounded.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦 −𝑥

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√𝑦−𝑥

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =4𝑥2 +9𝑦2

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 −𝑦2

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦/𝑥2

  7. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1√16−𝑥2−𝑦2

  8. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√9−𝑥2−𝑦2

  9. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2)

  10. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)

  11. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =sin−1⁡(𝑦 −𝑥)

  12. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =tan−1⁡(𝑦𝑥)

  13. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2 −1)

  14. f ( ) x y x y , ln 9 = − − ( ) 2 2

Matching Surfaces with Level Curves

Exercises 31–36 show level curves for six functions. The graphs of these functions are given on the next page (items a–f ), as are their equations (items g–l). Match each set of level curves with the appropriate graph and the appropriate equation.

教材插图

教材插图

教材插图

教材插图

教材插图

教材插图

a.

教材插图

b.

教材插图

c.

教材插图

d.

教材插图

e.

教材插图

教材插图

xy2 g. =z h. z = − − y y x 2 4 2 +x y2 2

i. = ( )( ) − + z cos cosx y e x y 4 2 2

𝐣.𝑧=𝑒−𝑦cos⁡𝑥

l. 𝑧 =𝑥𝑦(𝑥2−𝑦2)𝑥2+𝑦2

𝐤.𝑧=14𝑥2+𝑦2

Functions of Two Variables

Display the values of the functions in Exercises 37–48 in two ways: (a) by sketching the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) and (b) by drawing an assortment of level curves in the function’s domain. Label each level curve with its function value.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦2

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2

Finding Level Curves

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=√𝑥
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√𝑥2+𝑦2

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 −𝑦

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =4 −𝑥2 −𝑦2

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =4𝑥2 +𝑦2

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =6 −2𝑥 −3𝑦

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1 −|𝑦|

  7. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1 −|𝑥| −|𝑦|

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=√𝑥2+𝑦2−4
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√𝑥2+𝑦2+4

In Exercises 49–52, find an equation for, and sketch the graph of, the level curve of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) that passes through the given point.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =16 −𝑥2 −𝑦2,(2√2,√2)

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√𝑥2−1,(1,0)

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√𝑥+𝑦2−3,(3, −1)

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑦−𝑥𝑥+𝑦+1,( −1,1)

Sketching Level Surfaces

In Exercises 53–60, sketch a typical level surface for the function.

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧255.$$𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥+𝑧$$𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=ln⁡(𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2)
  1. f ( ) x y z z , , =

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑧 −𝑥2 −𝑦2

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑦2+𝑧2
  1. f ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) x y z x y z , , 25 16 9 = + + 2 2 2

Finding Level Surfaces

In Exercises 61–64, find an equation for the level surface of the function through the given point.

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=√𝑥−𝑦−ln⁡𝑧,(3,−1,1)62.$$𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=ln⁡(𝑥2+𝑦+𝑧2),(−1,2,1)$$𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2,(1,−1,√2)
  1. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥−𝑦+𝑧2𝑥+𝑦−𝑧,(1,0, −2)

In Exercises 65–68, find and sketch the domain of 𝑓. Then find an equation for the level curve or surface of the function passing through the given point.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =∑∞𝑛=0(𝑥𝑦)𝑛,(1,2)

  2. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =∑∞𝑛=0(𝑥+𝑦)𝑛𝑛!𝑧𝑛,(ln⁡4,ln⁡9,2)

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =∫𝑦𝑥𝑑𝜃√1−𝜃2,(0,1)

  4. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =∫𝑦𝑥𝑑𝑡1+𝑡2 +∫𝑧0𝑑𝜃√4−𝜃2,(0,1,√3)

COMPUTER EXPLORATIONS

Use a CAS to perform the following steps for each of the functions in Exercises 69–72.

a. Plot the surface over the given rectangle.

b. Plot several level curves in the rectangle.

c. Plot the level curve of f through the given point.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥sin𝑦2 +𝑦 xsin 2 , 0 ≤𝑥 ≤5𝜋,0 ≤𝑦 ≤5𝜋, P( ) 3 , 3 π π

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(sin⁡𝑥)(cos⁡𝑦)𝑒√𝑥2+𝑦2/8, 0 ≤𝑥 ≤5𝜋,

0≤𝑦≤5𝜋,𝑃(4𝜋,4𝜋)
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =sin⁡(𝑥 +2cos⁡𝑦), −2𝜋 ≤𝑥 ≤2𝜋, −2 2 , , π π π π ≤ ≤y P( )

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒(𝑥0.1−𝑦)sin⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2),0 ≤𝑥 ≤2𝜋, −2𝜋 ≤𝑦 ≤𝜋,𝑃(𝜋, −𝜋)

Use a CAS to plot the implicitly defined level surfaces in Exercises 73−76

  1. 4 ln  𝜓 1(𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2)=174,𝑥2+𝑧2=1

  2. 𝑥 +𝑦2 −3𝑧2 =1

  3. s ln⁡(𝑥2) −(cos⁡𝑦)√𝑥2+𝑧2 =2

Parametrized Surfaces Just as you describe curves in the plane parametrically with a pair of equations 𝑥 =𝑓(𝑡),𝑦 =𝑔(𝑡) defined on some parameter interval I, you can sometimes describe surfaces in space with a triple of equations 𝑥 =𝑓(𝑢,𝑣),𝑦 =𝑔(𝑢,𝑣),𝑧 =ℎ(𝑢,𝑣) defined on some parameter rectangle 𝑎 ≤𝑢 ≤𝑏,𝑐 ≤𝑣 ≤𝑑. Many computer algebra systems permit you to plot such surfaces in parametric mode. (Parametrized surfaces are discussed in detail in Section 15.5.) Use a CAS to plot the surfaces in Exercises 77–80. Also plot several level curves in the xy-plane.

  1. 𝑥 =𝑢cos⁡𝑣,𝑦 =𝑢sin⁡𝑣,𝑧 =𝑢,0 ≤𝑢 ≤2,
0≤𝑣≤2𝜋78.$$𝑥=𝑢cos⁡𝑣,𝑦=𝑢sin⁡𝑣,𝑧=𝑣,0≤𝑢≤2,$$0≤𝑣≤2𝜋
  1. x = + = + = ( ) ( ) 2 cos cos , 2 cos sin , sin ,u y u z u υ υ 0 ≤𝑢 ≤2𝜋,0 ≤𝑣 ≤2𝜋

  2. 𝑥 =2cos⁡𝑢cos⁡𝑣, 𝑦 =2 = cos sin , 2 sin u z u υ ,

0≤𝑢≤2𝜋,0≤𝑣≤𝜋

13.2 Limits and Continuity in Higher Dimensions

In this section we develop limits and continuity for multivariable functions. The theory is similar to that developed for single-variable functions, but since we now have more than one independent variable, there is additional complexity that requires some new ideas.

Limits for Functions of Two Variables

If the values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) lie arbitrarily close to a fixed real number L for all points (𝑥,𝑦) sufficiently close to a point (𝑥0,𝑦0) , we say that 𝑓 approaches the limit L as (𝑥,𝑦) approaches (𝑥0,𝑦0) . This is similar to the informal definition for the limit of a function of a single variable. Notice, however, that when (𝑥0,𝑦0) lies in the interior of 𝑓∗s domain, (𝑥,𝑦) can approach (𝑥0,𝑦0) from any direction, not just from the left or the right. For the limit to exist, the same limiting value must be obtained whatever direction of approach is taken. We illustrate this issue in several examples following the definition.

DEFINITION Suppose that every open circular disk centered at (𝑥0,𝑦0) contains a point in the domain of 𝑓 other than (𝑥0,𝑦0) itself. We say that a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) approaches the limit L as (𝑥,𝑦) approaches (𝑥0,𝑦0) , and write

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝐿,

if, for every number 𝜀 >0. , there exists a corresponding number 𝛿 >0 such that for all (𝑥,𝑦) in the domain of 𝑓,

|𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)−𝐿|<𝜀 whenever 0<√(𝑥−𝑥0)2+(𝑦−𝑦0)2<𝛿.

The definition of limit says that the distance between 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) and L becomes arbitrarily small whenever the distance from (𝑥,𝑦) to (𝑥0,𝑦0) is made sufficiently small (but not 0). The definition applies to interior points (𝑥0,𝑦0) as well as boundary points of the domain of 𝑓, , although a boundary point need not lie within the domain. The points (𝑥,𝑦) that approach (𝑥0,𝑦0) are always taken to be in the domain of 𝑓. See Figure 13.12.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.12 In the limit definition, δ is the radius of a disk centered at

(𝑥0,𝑦0) . For all points (𝑥,𝑦) within this disk, the function values) 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) lie inside the corresponding interval (𝐿−𝜀,𝐿+𝜀)

As for functions of a single variable, it can be shown that

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑥=𝑥0(1) lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑦=𝑦0(2) lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑘=𝑘( any number 𝑘).(3)

For example, in the first limit statement above, 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥 and 𝐿 =𝑥0 . Using the definition of limit, suppose that 𝜀 >0 is chosen. If we let δ equal this ε, we see that if

0<√(𝑥−𝑥0)2+(𝑦−𝑦0)2<𝛿=𝜀,

then

√(𝑥−𝑥0)2<𝜀(𝑥−𝑥0)2≤(𝑥−𝑥0)2+(𝑦−𝑦0)2|𝑥−𝑥0|<𝜀√𝑎2=|𝑎||𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)−𝑥0|<𝜀.𝑥=𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)

That is,

|𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)−𝑥0|<𝜀 whenever 0<√(𝑥−𝑥0)2+(𝑦−𝑦0)2<𝛿.

So a δ has been found satisfying the requirement of the definition, and therefore we have proved that

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑥=𝑥0.

Equation (1) is a special case of the more general formula

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑔(𝑥)=lim𝑥→𝑥0𝑔(𝑥),(4)

according to which, if 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) can be expressed as a function g of a single variable x, then lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)⁡𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) depends only on what happens to g as x approaches 𝑥0. Similarly, the

following formula generalizes Equation (2):

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)ℎ(𝑦)=lim𝑦→𝑦0ℎ(𝑦)(5)

As with single-variable functions, the limit of the sum of two functions is the sum of their limits (when they both exist), with similar results for the limits of the differences, constant multiples, products, quotients, powers, and roots. These facts are summarized in Theorem 1.

THEOREM 1—Properties of Limits of Functions of Two Variables

The following rules hold if L, M, and k are real numbers and

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝐿 and lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑀.
  1. Sum Rule:
lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)[𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)+𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)]=𝐿+𝑀
  1. Difference Rule:
lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)[𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)−𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)]=𝐿−𝑀
  1. Constant Multiple Rule:
lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑘𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑘𝐿( any number 𝑘)
  1. Product Rule:
lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)[𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)⋅𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)]=𝐿⋅𝑀
  1. Quotient Rule:
lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)=𝐿𝑀,𝑀≠0
  1. Power Rule:
lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)[𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)]𝑛=𝐿𝑛,𝑛 a positive integer 
  1. Root Rule:
lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑛√𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑛√𝐿=𝐿1/𝑛,

n a positive integer, and if n is even,

𝐿>0.
  1. Composition Rule:
𝑧=𝐿 lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)ℎ(𝑓(𝑥,𝑦))=ℎ(𝐿).

Although we will not prove Theorem 1 here, we give an informal discussion of why it is true. If (𝑥,𝑦) is sufficiently close to (𝑥0,𝑦0) , then 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is close to L and 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) is close to M (from the informal interpretation of limits). It is then reasonable that 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) +𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) is close to 𝐿 +𝑀;𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) −𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) is close to 𝐿  − 𝑀;𝑘𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is close to 𝑘𝐿;𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) is close to LM; and 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)/𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) is close to 𝐿/𝑀 if 𝑀 ≠0 Similarly, powers and roots of f are close to those of L, and a continuous function h composed with f has a value close to its value h (L) when applied to L.

When we apply Theorem 1 and Equations (1)–(3) to polynomials and rational functions, we obtain the useful result that the limits of these functions as (𝑥,𝑦)(𝑥0,𝑦0) can be calculated by evaluating the functions at (𝑥0,𝑦0) . The only requirement is that the rational functions be defined at (𝑥0,𝑦0)

EXAMPLE 1 In this example, we combine Equations (1)–(5) with the results in Theorem 1 to calculate the limits.

(a)

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,1)𝑥−𝑥𝑦+3𝑥2𝑦+5𝑥𝑦−𝑦3=0−(0)(1)+3(0)2(1)+5(0)(1)−(1)3=−3(b) lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(3,−4)√𝑥2+𝑦2=√lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(3,−4)(𝑥2+𝑦2)=√32+(−4)2=√25=5 Rule 7  Rules 1 and 6 and Eq. (1) and (2)  (c)lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝜋/2,0)(𝑥sin⁡𝑥−sin⁡𝑦𝑦)=lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝜋/2,0)𝑥sin⁡𝑥−lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝜋/2,0)sin⁡𝑦𝑦=lim𝑥→𝜋/2𝑥sin⁡𝑥−lim𝑦→0sin⁡𝑦𝑦=𝜋2−1(Eq.6 and (5))  **EXAMPLE 2**  Find lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑥2−𝑥𝑦√𝑥−√𝑦.

Solution Since the denominator √𝑥 −√𝑦 approaches 0 as (𝑥,𝑦) →(0,0) , we cannot use the Quotient Rule from Theorem 1. If we multiply numerator and denominator by √𝑥 +√𝑦 , however, we produce an equivalent fraction whose limit we can find:

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑥2−𝑥𝑦√𝑥−√𝑦=lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)(𝑥2−𝑥𝑦)(√𝑥+√𝑦)(√𝑥−√𝑦)(√𝑥+√𝑦) Multiply by a form equal to 1. =lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑥(𝑥−𝑦)(√𝑥+√𝑦)𝑥−𝑦 Algebra =lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑥(√𝑥+√𝑦) Cancel the nonzero factor (𝑥−𝑦).=(lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑥)[(lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)√𝑥)+(lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)√𝑦)] Rules 4 and 1 =(lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑥)[√lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑥+√lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑦] Rule 7 =(0)[√0+√0]=0 Eq. (1) and (2) 

We can cancel the factor (𝑥 −𝑦) because the path 𝑦 =𝑥 (where we would have 𝑥 −𝑦 =0) is not in the domain of the function

教材插图

FIGURE 13.13 The surface graph suggests that the limit of the function in Example 3 must be 0, if it exists.

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2−𝑥𝑦√𝑥−√𝑦.

EXAMPLE 3 Findlim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)⁡4𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2if it exists.

Solution We first observe that along the line 𝑥 =0. , the function always has value 0 when 𝑦 ≠0 . Likewise, along the line 𝑦 =0 , the function has value 0 provided 𝑥 ≠0 . So if the limit does exist as (𝑥,𝑦) approaches (0,0) , the value of the limit must be 0 (see Figure 13.13). To see whether this is true, we apply the definition of limit.

Let 𝜀 >0 be given, but arbitrary. We want to find a 𝛿 >0 such that

∣4𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2−0∣<𝜀 whenever 0<√𝑥2+𝑦2<𝛿

or

4|𝑥|𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2<𝜀 whenever 0<√𝑥2+𝑦2<𝛿.

Since 𝑦2 ≤𝑥2 +𝑦2 , we have that

4|𝑥|𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2≤4|𝑥|=4√𝑥2≤4√𝑥2+𝑦2.𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2≤1

So if we choose 𝛿 =𝜀/4 and let 0 <√𝑥2+𝑦2 <𝛿. , we get

∣4𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2−0∣≤4√𝑥2+𝑦2<4𝛿=4(𝜀4)=𝜀.

It follows from the definition that

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)4𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2=0.

(a)

教材插图

教材插图

FIGURE 13.14 (a) The graph of

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)={2𝑥𝑦𝑥2+𝑦2,(𝑥,𝑦)≠(0,0)0,(𝑥,𝑦)=(0,0).

The function is continuous at every point except the origin. (b) The value of 𝑓 along each line 𝑦 =𝑚𝑥,𝑥 ≠0 , is constant but varies with m (Example 5).

EXAMPLE 4

 If 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑦𝑥, does lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) exist? 

Solution The domain of 𝑓 does not include the y-axis, so we do not consider any points (𝑥,𝑦) where 𝑥 =0 in the approach toward the origin (0,0) . Along the x-axis, the value of the function is 𝑓(𝑥,0) =0 for all 𝑥 ≠0 . So if the limit does exist as (𝑥,𝑦) →(0,0) the value of the limit must be 𝐿 =0 . On the other hand, along the line 𝑦 =𝑥, , the value of the function is 𝑓(𝑥,𝑥) =𝑥/𝑥 =1 for all 𝑥 ≠0 . That is, the function 𝑓 approaches the value 1 along the line 𝑦 =𝑥. This means that for every disk of radius 𝛿 centered at (0,0) , the disk will contain points (𝑥,0) on the x-axis where the value of the function is 0, and also points (𝑥,𝑥) along the line 𝑦 =𝑥 where the value of the function is 1. So no matter how small we choose 𝛿 as the radius of the disk in Figure 13.12, there will be points within the disk for which the function values differ by 1. Therefore, the limit cannot exist because we can take 𝜀 to be any number less than 1 in the limit definition and deny that 𝐿 =0or 1, or any other real number. The limit does not exist because we have different limiting values along different paths approaching the point (0, 0 .)

Continuity

As with functions of a single variable, continuity is defined in terms of limits.

DEFINITION Suppose that every open circular disk centered at (𝑥0,𝑦0) contains a point in the domain of 𝑓 other than (𝑥0,𝑦0) itself. Then a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is continuous at the point (𝑥0,𝑦0) if

  1. 𝑓 is defined at (𝑥0,𝑦0) 9

  2. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)⁡𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) exists, and

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0).

A function is continuous if it is continuous at every point of its domain.

As with the definition of limit, the definition of continuity applies at boundary points as well as interior points of the domain of 𝑓.

A consequence of Theorem 1 is that algebraic combinations of continuous functions are continuous at every point at which all the functions involved are defined. This means that sums, differences, constant multiples, products, quotients, and powers of continuous functions are continuous where defined. In particular, polynomials and rational functions of two variables are continuous at every point at which they are defined.

EXAMPLE 5 Show that

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)={2𝑥𝑦𝑥2+𝑦2,(𝑥,𝑦)≠(0,0)0,(𝑥,𝑦)=(0,0).

is continuous at every point except the origin (Figure 13.14).

Solution The function 𝑓 is continuous at every point (𝑥,𝑦) except (0,0) because its values at points other than (0,0) are given by a rational function of x and y, and therefore at those points the limiting value is simply obtained by substituting the values of x and 𝑦 into that rational expression.

教材插图

(a)

教材插图

(b)

FIGURE 13.15 (a) The graph of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥2𝑦/(𝑥4 +𝑦2) . (b) Along each path 𝑦 =𝑘𝑥2,𝑥 ≠0 , the value of 𝑓 is constant, but varies with k (Example 6).

At⁡(0,0) , the value of 𝑓 is defined, but 𝑓 has no limit as (𝑥,𝑦) →(0,0) . The reason is that different paths of approach to the origin can lead to different results, as we now see.

For every value of 𝑚, the function 𝑓 has a constant value on the “punctured” line 𝑦 =𝑚𝑥,𝑥 ≠0 , because

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)|𝑦=𝑚𝑥=2𝑥𝑦𝑥2+𝑦2∣𝑦=𝑚𝑥=2𝑥(𝑚𝑥)𝑥2+(𝑚𝑥)2=2𝑚𝑥2𝑥2+𝑚2𝑥2=2𝑚1+𝑚2.

Therefore, 𝑓 has this number as its limit as ( x y, approaches ) (0, 0 along the line:)

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)along 𝑦=𝑚𝑥𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)[𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)∣𝑦=𝑚𝑥]=2𝑚1+𝑚2.

This limit changes with each value of the slope m. There is therefore no single number wemay call the limit of 𝑓as⁡(𝑥,𝑦) approaches the origin. The limit fails to exist, and the func-tion is not continuous at the origin. 一

Examples 4 and 5 illustrate an important point about limits of functions of two or more variables. For a limit to exist at a point, the limit must be the same along every approach path. This result is analogous to the single-variable case where both the left- and right-sided limits had to have the same value. For functions of two or more variables, if we ever find paths with different limits, we know the function has no limit at the point they approach.

Two-Path Test for Nonexistence of a Limit If a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) has different limits along two different paths in the domain of f as (𝑥,𝑦) approaches (𝑥0,𝑦0) , then lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) does not exist.

EXAMPLE 6 Show that the function

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=2𝑥2𝑦𝑥4+𝑦2

(Figure 13.15) has no limit as (𝑥,𝑦) approaches (0,0)

Solution As (𝑥,𝑦) approaches (0,0) , both the numerator and the denominator approach 0, which gives the indeterminate form 0/0 . We examine the values of 𝑓 along parabolic curves that end at (0, 0 . Along the curve) 𝑦 =𝑘𝑥2,𝑥 ≠0 , the function has the constant value

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)|𝑦=𝑘𝑥2=2𝑥2𝑦𝑥4+𝑦2∣𝑦=𝑘𝑥2=2𝑥2(𝑘𝑥2)𝑥4+(𝑘𝑥2)2=2𝑘𝑥4𝑥4+𝑘2𝑥4=2𝑘1+𝑘2.

Therefore,

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)along 𝑦=𝑘𝑥2𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)[𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)∣𝑦=𝑘𝑥2]=2𝑘1+𝑘2.

This limit varies with the path of approach. If (𝑥,𝑦) approaches (0, 0 along the parabola) 𝑦 =𝑥2 , for instance, 𝑘 =1 and the limit is 1. .If⁡(𝑥,𝑦) approaches (0,0) along the x-axis, 𝑘 =0 and the limit is 0. By the two-path test, f has no limit as (𝑥,𝑦) approaches (0, 0 . )

It can be shown that the function in Example 6 has limit 0 along every straight line path 𝑦  = 𝑚𝑥 (Exercise 57). This implies the following observation:

Having the same limit along all straight lines approaching (𝑥0,𝑦0) does not imply that a limit exists at (𝑥0,𝑦0) .

Whenever it is correctly defined, the composition of continuous functions is also continuous. The only requirement is that each function be continuous where it is applied. The proof, omitted here, is similar to that for functions of a single variable (Theorem 9 in Section 2.6).

Continuity of Compositions

If 𝑓 is continuous at (𝑥0,𝑦0) and g is a single-variable function continuous at 𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0) , then the composition ℎ =𝑔 ∘𝑓 defined by ℎ(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑔(𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)) is also continuous at (𝑥0,𝑦0)

For example, the composite functions

𝑒𝑥−𝑦,cos⁡𝑥𝑦𝑥2+1,ln⁡(1+𝑥2𝑦2)

are continuous at every point (𝑥,𝑦)

Functions of More Than Two Variables

The definitions of limit and continuity for functions of two variables and the conclusions about limits and continuity for sums, products, quotients, powers, and compositions all extend to functions of three or more variables. Functions like

ln⁡(𝑥+𝑦+𝑧) and 𝑦sin⁡𝑧𝑥−1

are continuous throughout their domains, and limits like

lim𝑃→(1,0,−1)𝑒𝑥+𝑧𝑧2+cos⁡√𝑥𝑦=𝑒1−1(−1)2+cos⁡0=12,

where P denotes the point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) , may be found by direct substitution.

Extreme Values of Continuous Functions on Closed, Bounded Sets

The Extreme Value Theorem (Theorem 1, Section 4.1) states that a function of a single variable that is continuous at every point of a closed, bounded interval ⌈𝑎,𝑏⌉ takes on an absolute maximum value and an absolute minimum value at least once in [𝑎,𝑏] . The same holds true of a function 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) that is continuous on a closed, bounded set R in the plane (like a line segment, a disk, or a filled-in triangle). The function takes on an absolute maximum value at some point in R and an absolute minimum value at some point in R. The function may take on a maximum or minimum value more than once over R.

Similar results hold for functions of three or more variables. A continuous function 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) must take on absolute maximum and minimum values on any closed, bounded set (such as a solid ball or cube, spherical shell, or rectangular solid) on which it is defined. We will learn how to find these extreme values in Section 13.7.

EXERCISES

Limits with Two Variables

Find the limits in Exercises 1–12.

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)3𝑥2−𝑦2+5𝑥2+𝑦2+2 2. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,4)𝑥√𝑦 lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(3,4)√𝑥2+𝑦2−1 lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(2,−3)(1𝑥+1𝑦)2 lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,𝜋/4)sec⁡𝑥tan⁡𝑦 lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)cos⁡𝑥2+𝑦3𝑥+𝑦+1
  1. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,ln⁡2)⁡𝑒𝑥−𝑦

  2. lim(𝑥,𝑦)(1,1)⁡ln⁡|1 +𝑥2𝑦2|

  3. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)⁡𝑒𝑦sin⁡𝑥𝑥

  4. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(1/27,𝜋3)⁡cos⁡3√𝑥𝑦

  5. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(1,𝜋/6)⁡𝑥sin⁡𝑦𝑥2+1

  6. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝜋/2,0)⁡cos⁡𝑦+1𝑦−sin⁡𝑥

Limits of Quotients

Find the limits in Exercises 13–24 by rewriting the fractions first.

  1. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(1,1)⁡𝑥2−2𝑥𝑦+𝑦2𝑥−𝑦

  2. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(1,1)𝑥≠𝑦⁡𝑥2−𝑦2𝑥−𝑦

  3. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(1,1)⁡𝑥𝑦−𝑦−2𝑥+2𝑥−1

  4. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(2,−4)⁡𝑦+4𝑥2𝑦−𝑥𝑦+4𝑥2−4𝑥

  5. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)⁡𝑥−𝑦+2√𝑥−2√𝑦√𝑥−√𝑦

  6. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(2,2)⁡𝑥+𝑦−4√𝑥+𝑦−2

  7. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(2,0)⁡√2𝑥−𝑦−22𝑥−𝑦−4

  8. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(4,3)⁡√𝑥−√𝑦+1𝑥−𝑦−1

  9. lim(𝑥,𝑦)(0,0)⁡sin⁡(𝑥2+𝑦2)𝑥2+𝑦2

  10. lim(𝑥,𝑦)(0,0)⁡1−cos⁡(𝑥𝑦)𝑥𝑦

  11. lim(𝑥,𝑦)(1,−1)⁡𝑥3+𝑦3𝑥+𝑦

  12. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(2,2)⁡𝑥−𝑦𝑥4−𝑦4

Limits with Three Variables

Find the limits in Exercises 25–30.

  1. lim→(1,3,4)⁡(1𝑥+1𝑦+1𝑧)

  2. lim𝑃→(1,−1,−1)⁡2𝑥𝑦+𝑦𝑧𝑥2+𝑧2 P

  3. lim𝑃→(𝜋,𝜋,0)⁡(sin2⁡𝑥 +cos2⁡𝑦 +sec2⁡𝑧)

  4. lim𝑃→(−1/4,𝜋/2,2)⁡tan−1⁡𝑥𝑦𝑧

  5. lim𝑃→(𝜋,0,3)⁡𝑧𝑒−2𝑦cos⁡2𝑥

  6. lim𝑃→(2,−3,6)⁡ln⁡√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2

Continuity for Two Variables

At what points (x y, in the plane are the functions in Exercises 31–34) continuous?

  1. a. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =sin⁡(𝑥 +𝑦) b. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2)

  2. a. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥+𝑦𝑥−𝑦

b. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦𝑥2+1

𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)=sin⁡1𝑥𝑦

b. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥+𝑦2+cos⁡𝑥

  1. a. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2+𝑦2𝑥2−3𝑥+2 𝐛. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =1𝑥2−𝑦

Continuity for Three Variables

At what points ( x y z , , in space are the functions in Exercises 35–40) continuous?

  1. a. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 −2𝑧2

b. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =√𝑥2+𝑦2−1

  1. a. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =ln⁡𝑥𝑦𝑧 b. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑒𝑥+𝑦cos⁡𝑧

  2. a. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦sin1𝑧 b. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =1𝑥2+𝑧2−1

  3. a. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =1|𝑦|+|𝑧| b. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =1|𝑥𝑦|+|𝑧|

  4. a. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =ln⁡(𝑧 −𝑥2 −𝑦2 −1)

b. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =1𝑧−√𝑥2+𝑦2

  1. a. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =√4−𝑥2−𝑦2−𝑧2

b. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =14−√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2−9

No Limit Exists at the Origin

By considering different paths of approach, show that the functions in Exercises 41–48 have no limit as (𝑥,𝑦) →(0,0)

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) = −𝑥√𝑥2+𝑦2

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥4𝑥4+𝑦2

教材插图

教材插图

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥4−𝑦2𝑥4+𝑦2

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦|𝑥𝑦|

  3. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥−𝑦𝑥+𝑦

  4. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2−𝑦𝑥−𝑦

  5. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2+𝑦𝑦

  6. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2𝑦𝑥4+𝑦2

Theory and Examples

In Exercises 49–54, show that the limits do not exist.

  1. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(1,1)⁡𝑥𝑦2−1𝑦−1

  2. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,1)⁡𝑥ln⁡𝑦𝑥2+(ln⁡𝑦)2

  3. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(1,0)⁡𝑥𝑒𝑦−1𝑥𝑒𝑦−1+𝑦

  4. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)⁡𝑦+sin⁡𝑥𝑥+sin⁡𝑦

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(1,−1)𝑥𝑦+1𝑥2−𝑦2
  1. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(1,1)⁡tan⁡𝑦−𝑦tan⁡𝑥𝑦−𝑥

  2. Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =⎧{ {⎨{ {⎩1,𝑦≥𝑥41,𝑦≤00,otherwis e.

Find each of the following limits, or explain that the limit does not exist.

a. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,1)⁡𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)

b. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(2,3)⁡𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)

c. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)⁡𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)

  1. Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) ={𝑥2,𝑥≥0𝑥3,𝑥<0.

Find the following limits.

a. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(3,−2)⁡𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)

b. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(−2,1)⁡𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)

c. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)⁡𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)

  1. Show that the function in Example 6 has limit 0 along every straight line approaching (0, 0 .)

  2. If 𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0) =3, , what can you say about

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)

if f is continuous at (𝑥0,𝑦0)?If 𝑓 is not continuous at (𝑥0,𝑦0) ⋅⋅⋅ Give reasons for your answers.

The Sandwich Theorem for functions of two variables states that if 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) ≤𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) ≤ℎ(𝑥,𝑦) for all (𝑥,𝑦) ≠(𝑥0,𝑦0) in a disk centered at (𝑥0,𝑦0) and if g and h have the same finite limit L as (𝑥,𝑦)(𝑥0,𝑦0) , then

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝐿.

Use this result to support your answers to the questions in Exercises 59–62.

  1. Does knowing that
1−𝑥2𝑦23<tan−1⁡𝑥𝑦𝑥𝑦<1

tell you anything about

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)tan−1⁡𝑥𝑦𝑥𝑦?

Give reasons for your answer.

  1. Does knowing that
2|𝑥𝑦|−𝑥2𝑦26<4−4cos⁡√|𝑥𝑦|<2|𝑥𝑦|

tell you anything about

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)4−4cos⁡√|𝑥𝑦||𝑥𝑦|?

Give reasons for your answer.

  1. Does knowing that |sin⁡(1/𝑥)| ≤1 tell you anything about
lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑦sin⁡1𝑥?

Give reasons for your answer.

  1. Does knowing that co (1/𝑦) ∣≤1 tell you anything about
lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑥cos⁡1𝑦?

Give reasons for your answer.

  1. (Continuation of Example 5.)

a. Reread Example 5. Then substitute m = tan into theθ formula

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)|𝑦=𝑚𝑥=2𝑚1+𝑚2

and simplify the result to show how the value of f varies with the line’s angle of inclination.

b. Use the formula you obtained in part (a) to show that the limit of 𝑓as⁡(𝑥,𝑦) →(0,0) along the line 𝑦 =𝑚𝑥 varies from −1 to 1, depending on the angle of approach.

  1. Continuous extension Define 𝑓(0,0) in a way that extends
𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥𝑦𝑥2−𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2

to be continuous at the origin.

Changing Variables to Polar Coordinates

If you cannot make any headway with lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)⁡𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) in rectangular coordinates, try changing to polar coordinates. Substitute 𝑥 =𝑟cos⁡𝜃,𝑦 =𝑟sin⁡𝜃 , and investigate the limit of the resulting expression as 𝑟0 . In other words, try to decide whether there exists a number L satisfying the following criterion:

Given 𝜀 >0 , there exists a 𝛿 >0 such that for all r and 𝜃,

|𝑟|<𝛿⇒|𝑓(𝑟,𝜃)−𝐿|<𝜀.(1)

If such an L exists, then

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=lim𝑟→0𝑓(𝑟cos⁡𝜃,𝑟sin⁡𝜃)=𝐿.

For instance,

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑥3𝑥2+𝑦2=lim𝑟→0𝑟3cos3⁡𝜃𝑟2=lim𝑟→0𝑟cos3⁡𝜃=0.

To verify the last of these equalities, we need to show that Equation (1) is satisfied with 𝑓(𝑟,𝜃) =𝑟cos3⁡𝜃 and 𝐿 =0 . That is, we need to show that given any 𝜀 >0, , there exists a 𝛿 >0 such that for all r and 𝜃,

|𝑟|<𝛿⇒|𝑟cos3⁡𝜃−0|<𝜀.

Since

∣𝑟cos3⁡𝜃∣=|𝑟|∣cos3⁡𝜃∣≤|𝑟|⋅1=|𝑟|,

the implication holds for all r and θ if we take 𝛿 =𝜀

In contrast,

𝑥2𝑥2+𝑦2=𝑟2cos2⁡𝜃𝑟2=cos2⁡𝜃

takes on all values from 0 to 1 regardless of how small r is, so that lim(𝑥,𝑦)(0,0)⁡𝑥2/(𝑥2 +𝑦2) does not exist.

In each of these instances, the existence or nonexistence of the limit as 𝑟0 is fairly clear. Shifting to polar coordinates does not always help, however, and may even tempt us to false conclusions. For example, the limit may exist along every straight line (or ray) θ = constant and yet fail to exist in the broader sense. Example 5 illustrates this point. In polar coordinates, 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(2𝑥2𝑦)/(𝑥4 +𝑦2) becomes

𝑓(𝑟cos⁡𝜃,𝑟sin⁡𝜃)=𝑟cos⁡𝜃sin⁡2𝜃𝑟2cos4⁡𝜃+sin2⁡𝜃

for 𝑟 ≠0 . If we hold θ constant and let 𝑟0 , the limit is 0. On the path 𝑦 =𝑥2 , however, we have r sin 𝜃 =𝑟2cos2⁡𝜃 and

𝑓(𝑟cos⁡𝜃,𝑟sin⁡𝜃)=𝑟cos⁡𝜃sin⁡2𝜃𝑟2cos4⁡𝜃+(𝑟cos2⁡𝜃)2=2𝑟cos2⁡𝜃sin⁡𝜃2𝑟2cos4⁡𝜃=𝑟sin⁡𝜃𝑟2cos2⁡𝜃=1.

In Exercises 65–70, find the limit of 𝑓as⁡(𝑥,𝑦) →(0,0) or show that the limit does not exist.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥3−𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =cos⁡(𝑥3−𝑦3𝑥2+𝑦2)

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥𝑥2+𝑥+𝑦2

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =tan−1⁡(|𝑥|+|𝑦|𝑥2+𝑦2)

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2−𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2

In Exercises 71 and 72, , define 𝑓(0,0) in a way that extends 𝑓 to be continuous at the origin.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡(3𝑥2−𝑥2𝑦2+3𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2)

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =3𝑥2𝑦𝑥2+𝑦2

Using the Limit Definition

Each of Exercises 73–78 gives a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) and a positive number ε. In each exercise, show that there exists a 𝛿 >0 such that for all ( x y, ,)

√𝑥2+𝑦2<𝛿⇒|𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)−𝑓(0,0)|<𝜀.
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2,𝜀 =0.01

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦/(𝑥2 +1),𝜀 =0.05

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥 +𝑦)/(𝑥2 +1),𝜀 =0.01

13.3 Partial Derivatives

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥 +𝑦)/(2 +cos⁡𝑥),𝜀 =0.02
77.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2 and 𝑓(0,0)=0,𝜀=0.04  78. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥3+𝑦4𝑥2+𝑦2 and 𝑓(0,0)=0,𝜀=0.02

Each of Exercises 79–82 gives a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) and a positive number ε. In each exercise, show that there exists a 𝛿 >0 such that for all (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)

√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2<𝛿⇒|𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)−𝑓(0,0,0)|<𝜀. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2,𝜀=0.015
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦𝑧, 𝑧 =0.008
𝟖𝟏.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥+𝑦+𝑧𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2+1,𝜀=0.015
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =tan2⁡𝑥 +tan2⁡𝑦 +tan2⁡𝑧,𝜀 =0.03

  2. Show that 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥+𝑦−𝑧(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0). is continuous at every point

  3. Show that 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 is continuous at the origin.

The calculus of several variables is similar to single-variable calculus applied to several variables, one at a time. When we hold all but one of the independent variables of a function constant and differentiate with respect to that one variable, we get a “partial” derivative. This section shows how partial derivatives are defined and interpreted geometrically, and how to calculate them by applying the familiar rules for differentiating functions of a single variable. The idea of differentiability for functions of several variables requires more than the existence of the partial derivatives, because a point can be approached from many different directions. However, we will see that differentiable functions of several variables behave similarly to differentiable single-variable functions. In particular, they are continuous and can be well approximated by linear functions.

Partial Derivatives of a Function of Two Variables

If⁡(𝑥0,𝑦0) is a point in the domain of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) , the vertical plane 𝑦 =𝑦0 will cut the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) in the curve 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦0) (Figure 13.16). This curve is the graph

教材插图

Horizontal axis in the plane 𝑦 =𝑦0

FIGURE 13.16 The intersection of the plane 𝑦 =𝑦0 with the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) , viewed from above the first quadrant of the xy-plane.

of the function 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦0) in the plane 𝑦 =𝑦0 . The horizontal coordinate in this plane is x; the vertical coordinate is z. The y-value is held constant at 𝑦0, so y is not a variable.

We define the partial derivative of f with respect to x at the point (𝑥0,𝑦0) as the ordinary derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦0) with respect to x at the point 𝑥 = 𝑥0. . To distinguish partial derivatives from ordinary derivatives, we use the symbol ∂ rather than the 𝑑 previously used. In the definition, h represents a real number, positive or negative.

DEFINITION The partial derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) with respect to x at the point (𝑥0,𝑦0) is

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥∣(𝑥0,𝑦0)=limℎ→0𝑓(𝑥0+ℎ,𝑦0)−𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)ℎ,

provided the limit exists.

The partial derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) with respect to x at the point (𝑥0,𝑦0) is the same as the ordinary derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦0) at the point 𝑥0 :

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥∣(𝑥0,𝑦0)=𝑑𝑑𝑥𝑓(𝑥,𝑦0)∣𝑥=𝑥0.

A variety of notations are used to denote the partial derivative at a point (𝑥0,𝑦0) , including

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0),𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0), and 𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥∣(𝑥0,𝑦0).

When we do not specify a specific point (𝑥0,𝑦0) at which the partial derivative is being evaluated, then the partial derivative becomes a function whose domain is the points where the partial derivative exists. Notations for this function include

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥,𝑓𝑥, and 𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.17 The intersection of the plane 𝑥  = 𝑥0 with the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) viewed from above the first quadrant of the xy-plane.

The slope of the curve 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦0) at the point 𝑃(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)) in the plane 𝑦 =𝑦0 is the value of the partial derivative of 𝑓 with respect to x at (𝑥0,𝑦0) . (In Figure 13.16 this slope is negative.) The tangent line to the curve at P is the line in the plane 𝑦 =𝑦0 that passes through P with this slope. The partial derivative 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 at (𝑥0,𝑦0) gives the rate of change of f with respect to x when y is held fixed at the value 𝑦0.

The definition of the partial derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) with respect to y at a point (𝑥0,𝑦0) is similar to the definition of the partial derivative of f with respect to x. We hold x fixed at the value 𝑥0 and take the ordinary derivative of 𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦) with respect to y at 𝑦0.

DEFINITION The partial derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) with respect to y at the point (𝑥0,𝑦0) is

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦∣(𝑥0,𝑦0)=𝑑𝑑𝑦𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦)∣𝑦=𝑦0=limℎ→0𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0+ℎ)−𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)ℎ,

The slope of the curve 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦) at the point 𝑃(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)) in the vertical plane 𝑥  = 𝑥0 (Figure 13.17) is the partial derivative of f with respect to y at (𝑥0,𝑦0) . The tangent line to the curve at P is the line in the plane 𝑥  = 𝑥0 that passes through P with this slope. The partial derivative gives the rate of change of ⋅𝑓 with respect to y at (𝑥0,𝑦0) when x is held fixed at the value 𝑥0

The partial derivative with respect to y is denoted the same way as the partial derivative with respect to x:

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0),𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0),𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦,𝑓𝑦.

Notice that we now have two tangent lines associated with the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at the point 𝑃(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)) (Figure 13.18). Is the plane they determine tangent to the surface at P? We will see that it is for the differentiable functions defined at the end of this section, and we will learn how to find the tangent plane in Section 13.6. First we have to better understand partial derivatives.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.18 Figures 13.16 and 13.17 combined. The tangent lines at the point (𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)) ) determine a plane that, in this picture at least, appears to be tangent to the surface.

Calculations

The definitions of 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 give us two different ways of differentiating 𝑓 at a point: with respect to x in the usual way while treating y as a constant, and with respect to 𝑦 in the usual way while treating x as a constant. As the following examples show, the values of these partial derivatives are usually different at a given point (𝑥0,𝑦0)

EXAMPLE 1 Find the values of 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 at the point (4, −5)if

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2+3𝑥𝑦+𝑦−1.

Solution To find 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 , we treat y as a constant and differentiate with respect to x:

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥=𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝑥2+3𝑥𝑦+𝑦−1)=2𝑥+3⋅1⋅𝑦+0−0=2𝑥+3𝑦.

The value of )𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥at⁡(4,−5)is⁡2(4) +3( −5) = −7.

To find 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 , we treat x as a constant and differentiate with respect to 𝑦:

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦=𝜕𝜕𝑦(𝑥2+3𝑥𝑦+𝑦−1)=0+3⋅𝑥⋅1+1−0=3𝑥+1.

The value of 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦at⁡(4,−5)is⁡3(4) +1 =13.

EXAMPLE 2 Find 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 as a function if 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦 xy sin .

Solution We treat x as a constant and 𝑓 as a product of y and sin xy:

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦=𝜕𝜕𝑦(𝑦sin⁡𝑥𝑦)=𝑦𝜕𝜕𝑦sin⁡𝑥𝑦+(sin⁡𝑥𝑦)𝜕𝜕𝑦(𝑦)=(𝑦cos⁡𝑥𝑦)𝜕𝜕𝑦(𝑥𝑦)+sin⁡𝑥𝑦=𝑥𝑦cos⁡𝑥𝑦+sin⁡𝑥𝑦.

EXAMPLE 3 Find 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 as functions if

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=2𝑦𝑦+cos⁡𝑥.

Solution We treat f as a quotient. With y held constant, we use the quotient rule to get

𝑓𝑥=𝜕𝜕𝑥(2𝑦𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)=(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)𝜕𝜕𝑥(2𝑦)−2𝑦𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)2=(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)(0)−2𝑦(−sin⁡𝑥)(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)2=2𝑦sin⁡𝑥(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)2.

With x held constant and again applying the quotient rule, we get

𝑓𝑦=𝜕𝜕𝑦(2𝑦𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)=(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)𝜕𝜕𝑦(2𝑦)−2𝑦𝜕𝜕𝑦(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)2=(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)(2)−2𝑦(1)(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)2=2cos⁡𝑥(𝑦+cos⁡𝑥)2.

Implicit differentiation works for partial derivatives the way it works for ordinary derivatives, as the next example illustrates.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.19 The tangent line to the curve of intersection of the plane x = 1 and the surface 𝑧 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 at the point (1, 2, 5 (Example 5). )

EXAMPLE 4 Find 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑥 assuming that the equation

𝑦𝑧−ln⁡𝑧=𝑥+𝑦

defines z as a function of the two independent variables x and 𝑦 and the partial derivative exists.

Solution We differentiate both sides of the equation with respect to 𝑥, holding y constant and treating z as a differentiable function of x:

𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝑦𝑧)−𝜕𝜕𝑥ln⁡𝑧=𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥+𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑥𝑦𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥−1𝑧𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥=1+0(𝑦−1𝑧)𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥=1𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥=𝑧𝑦𝑧−1. With 𝑦 constant ,𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝑦𝑧)=𝑦𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥.

EXAMPLE 5 The plane 𝑥 =1 intersects the paraboloid 𝑧 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 in a parabola. Find the slope of the tangent line to the parabola at (1, 2, 5 (Figure 13.19).)

Solution The parabola lies in a plane parallel to the yz-plane, and the slope is the value of the partial derivative 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑦 at (1, 2 :)

𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑦∣(1,2)=𝜕𝜕𝑦(𝑥2+𝑦2)∣(1,2)=2𝑦|(1,2)=2(2)=4.

As a check, we can treat the parabola as the graph of the single-variable function 𝑧 =(1)2 +𝑦2 =1 +𝑦2 in the plane 𝑥 =1 and ask for the slope at 𝑦 =2 . The slope, calculated now as an ordinary derivative, is

𝑑𝑧𝑑𝑦∣𝑦=2=𝑑𝑑𝑦(1+𝑦2)∣𝑦=2=2𝑦∣𝑦=2=4.

Functions of More Than Two Variables

The definitions of the partial derivatives of functions of more than two independent variables are similar to the definitions for functions of two variables. They are ordinary derivatives with respect to one variable, taken while the other independent variables are held constant.

EXAMPLE 6 If⁡𝑥,𝑦, and 𝑧 are independent variables and

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥sin⁡(𝑦+3𝑧),

then

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑧=𝜕𝜕𝑧[𝑥sin⁡(𝑦+3𝑧)]=𝑥𝜕𝜕𝑧sin⁡(𝑦+3𝑧)𝑥 held constant =𝑥cos⁡(𝑦+3𝑧)𝜕𝜕𝑧(𝑦+3𝑧) Chain rule =3𝑥cos⁡(𝑦+3𝑧).𝑦 held constant 

教材插图

FIGURE 13.20 Resistors arranged this way are said to be connected in parallel (Example 7). Each resistor lets a portion of the current through. Their equivalent resistance R is calculated with the formula

1𝑅=1𝑅1+1𝑅2+1𝑅3.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.21 The graph of

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)={0,𝑥𝑦≠01,𝑥𝑦=0

consists of the lines 𝐿1 and 𝐿2 (lying 1 unit above the xy-plane) and the four open quadrants of the xy-plane. The function has partial derivatives at the origin but is not continuous there (Example 8).

EXAMPLE 7 If resistors of 𝑅1,𝑅2 , and 𝑅3 ohms are connected in parallel to make an R-ohm resistor, the value of R can be found from the equation

1𝑅=1𝑅1+1𝑅2+1𝑅3

(Figure 13.20). Find the value of 𝜕𝑅/𝜕𝑅2 when 𝑅1 =30,𝑅2 =45. , and 𝑅3 =90ohms

Solution To find 𝜕𝑅/𝜕𝑅2 , we treat 𝑅1 and 𝑅3 as constants and, using implicit differentiation, differentiate both sides of the equation with respect to 𝑅2 :

𝜕𝜕𝑅2(1𝑅)=𝜕𝜕𝑅2(1𝑅1+1𝑅2+1𝑅3) −1𝑅2𝜕𝑅𝜕𝑅2=0−1𝑅22+0 𝜕𝑅𝜕𝑅2=𝑅2𝑅22=(𝑅𝑅2)2.

When 𝑅1 =30,𝑅2 =45, , and 𝑅3  = 90

1𝑅=130+145+190=3+2+190=690=115,

so 𝑅 =15 and

𝜕𝑅𝜕𝑅2=(1545)2=(13)2=19.

Thus at the given values, a small change in the resistance 𝑅2 leads to a change in R about one-ninth as large. ■

Partial Derivatives and Continuity

A function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) can have partial derivatives with respect to both x and y at a point without the function being continuous there. This is different from functions of a single variable, where the existence of a derivative implies continuity. If the partial derivatives of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) exist and are continuous throughout a disk centered at (𝑥0,𝑦0) , however, then 𝑓 is continuous at (𝑥0,𝑦0) , as we see at the end of this section.

EXAMPLE 8 Let

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)={0,𝑥𝑦≠01,𝑥𝑦=0

(Figure 13.21).

(a) Find the limit of 𝑓as⁡(𝑥,𝑦) approaches (0, 0 along the line) 𝑦  = 𝑥.

(b) Find the limit of f as ( x y, approaches ) (0, 0 along the line) 𝑦 =0

(c) Prove that f is not continuous at the origin.

(d) Show that both partial derivatives 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 exist at the origin.

Solution

(a) Since 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is zero at every point on the line 𝑦 =𝑥 (except at the origin), we have

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)∣𝑦=𝑥=lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)0=0.

(b) Since 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) takes the constant value 1 at every point on the line 𝑦 =0, , we have

lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)∣𝑦=0=lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)1=1.

(c) By the two-path test, 𝑓 has no limit as (𝑥,𝑦) approaches (0,0) . Consequently, 𝑓 is not continuous at (0,0)

(d) To find 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥at(0,0) , we hold y fixed at 𝑦 =0 . Then 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1 for all 𝑥, and thegraph of f is the line 𝐿1 in Figure 13.21. The slope of this line at any x is 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 =0 In particular, 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 =0at(0,0) . Similarly, 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 is the slope of line 𝐿2 at any y, so𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 =0at(0,0) 一

What Example 8 suggests is that we need a stronger requirement for differentiability in higher dimensions than the mere existence of the partial derivatives. We define differentiability for functions of two variables (which is somewhat more complicated than for single-variable functions) at the end of this section and then revisit the connection to continuity.

Second-Order Partial Derivatives

When we differentiate a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) twice, we produce its second-order derivatives. These derivatives are usually denoted by

𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥2 or 𝑓𝑥𝑥,𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦2 or 𝑓𝑦𝑦,𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦 or 𝑓𝑦𝑥, and 𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑥 or 𝑓𝑥𝑦.

The defining equations are

𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥2=𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥),𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦=𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦),

and so on. Notice the order in which the mixed partial derivatives are taken:

𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦 Differentiate first with respect to 𝑦, then with respect to 𝑥.𝑓𝑦𝑥=(𝑓𝑦)𝑥 Means the same thing 

HISTORICAL BIOGRAPHY

Pierre-Simon Laplace

EXAMPLE 9 If⁡𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥cos⁡𝑦 +𝑦𝑒𝑥 , find the second-order derivatives

(1749–1827)

Mathematician and astronomer, Laplace was born in Normandy, France. He was among the most influential scientists of his time and was called the Newton of France for contributions to the understanding of the solar system’s stability. Laplace also generalized the laws of mechanics for their application to the motion and properties of the heavenly bodies.

To know more, visit the companion Website.

𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥2,𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑥,𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦2, and 𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦.

Solution The first step is to calculate both first partial derivatives.

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥=𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝑥cos⁡𝑦+𝑦𝑒𝑥)=cos⁡𝑦+𝑦𝑒𝑥 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦=𝜕𝜕𝑦(𝑥cos⁡𝑦+𝑦𝑒𝑥)

Now we find both partial derivatives of each first partial:

𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑥=𝜕𝜕𝑦(𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥)=−sin⁡𝑦+𝑒𝑥 𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦=𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦)=−sin⁡𝑦+𝑒𝑥 𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥2=𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥)=𝑦𝑒𝑥. 𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦2=𝜕𝜕𝑦(𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦)=−𝑥cos⁡𝑦.

The Mixed Derivative Theorem

You may have noticed that the “mixed” second-order partial derivatives

𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦

in Example 9 are equal. This is not a coincidence. They must be equal whenever 𝑓,𝑓𝑥,𝑓𝑦,𝑓𝑥𝑦 , and 𝑓𝑦𝑥 are continuous, as stated in the following theorem. However, the mixed derivatives can be different when the continuity conditions are not satisfied (see Exercise 82).

HISTORICAL BIOGRAPHY

Alexis Clairaut

Alexis Clairaut was a mathematical genius, who was called to visit the Academy of Sciences in Paris when he was only 12 years old. n a study published in 1743, the Clairaut proposition postulates in a simple way the dependency of the geometrical flattening ratio on the relationship between the gravity and the centrifugal force.

To know more, visit the companion Website.

(1713–1765)

THEOREM 2—The Mixed Derivative Theorem If 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) and its partial derivatives 𝑓𝑥,𝑓𝑦,𝑓𝑥𝑦. , and 𝑓𝑦𝑥 are defined throughout an open region containing a point (𝑎,𝑏) and are all continuous at (𝑎,𝑏) , then

𝑓𝑥𝑦(𝑎,𝑏)=𝑓𝑦𝑥(𝑎,𝑏).

Theorem 2 is also known as Clairaut’s Theorem, after the French mathematician Alexis Clairaut, who discovered it. A proof is given in Appendix A.10. Theorem 2 says that to calculate a mixed second-order derivative, we may differentiate in either order, provided the continuity conditions are satisfied. This ability to proceed in different order sometimes simplifies our calculations.

EXAMPLE 10 Find 𝜕2𝑤𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦 if

𝑤=𝑥𝑦+𝑒𝑦𝑦2+1.

Solution The symbol 𝜕2𝑤/𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦 tells us to differentiate first with respect to y and then with respect to x. However, if we interchange the order of differentiation and differentiate first with respect to x, we get the answer more quickly. In two steps,

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥=𝑦 and 𝜕2𝑤𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑥=1.

If we differentiate first with respect to y, we obtain 𝜕2𝑤/𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦 =1 as well, but with more work. We can differentiate in either order because the conditions of Theorem 2 hold for w at all points (𝑥0,𝑦0)

Partial Derivatives of Still Higher Order

Although we will deal mostly with first- and second-order partial derivatives, because these appear the most frequently in applications, there is no theoretical limit to how many times we can differentiate a function as long as the derivatives involved exist. Thus, we get third- and fourth-order derivatives denoted by symbols like

𝜕3𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦2=𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑥,𝜕4𝑓𝜕𝑥2𝜕𝑦2=𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑥𝑥,

and so on. As with second-order derivatives, the order of differentiation is immaterial as long as all the derivatives through the order in question are continuous.

 Find 𝑓𝑦𝑥𝑦𝑧 if 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=1−2𝑥𝑦2𝑧+𝑥2𝑦.

Solution We first differentiate with respect to the variable y, then x, then y again, and finally with respect to z:

𝑓𝑦=−4𝑥𝑦𝑧+𝑥2𝑓𝑦𝑥=−4𝑦𝑧+2𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑥𝑦=−4𝑧𝑓𝑦𝑥𝑦𝑧=−4.

Differentiability

The concept of differentiability for functions of several variables is more complicated than for single-variable functions, because a point in the domain can be approached from many directions and along any path, not just from the left or from the right. The existence of both partial derivatives at a point (𝑥0,𝑦0) is not by itself even enough to show continuity at (𝑥0,𝑦0) , as we saw in Example 8. The differentiability of 𝑓 is instead based on the idea that a linear function gives a good model of a differentiable function near a point.

In Section 3.11, we saw that a differentiable function f can be approximated near a point 𝑥0 by its linearization,

𝐿(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥0)+𝑓′(𝑥0)(𝑥−𝑥0).

This formula allows us to find a linear function 𝐿, a function whose graph is a straight line, such that L closely approximates 𝑓 near 𝑥0. This can be done whenever 𝑓 is differentiable, even when f itself is described by a very complicated formula. Approximations are much more useful and meaningful when they are accompanied by information on their accuracy. In Section 3.11, Equation (1), we saw that a differentiable function 𝑓 satisfies

𝑓(𝑥)−𝑓(𝑥0)=𝑓′(𝑥0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝜀(𝑥−𝑥0),

where 𝜀0 as 𝑥  ⟶ 𝑥0. Framed in terms of approximating f by 𝐿, this becomes

𝑓(𝑥)−𝐿(𝑥)=𝜀(𝑥−𝑥0),(1)

where again 𝜀0 as 𝑥  ⟶ 𝑥0

Rather than being a consequence of the definition, the differentiability for a function of two variables 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is defined to mean that f can be approximated by a linear function. The approximating linear function 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) for 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) near the point (𝑥0,𝑦0) takes the form

𝐿(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)+𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦−𝑦0),

and the graph of L is a plane, called the tangent plane, that approximates the graph of f near (𝑥0,𝑦0) . Notice that 𝐿(𝑥0,𝑦0) =𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0) , so the functions L and f coincide at (𝑥0,𝑦0) . Moreover the partial derivatives of L and f are also equal at (𝑥0,𝑦0) . We will study tangent planes in detail in Section 13.6.

We now specify how closely f is approximated by L at (𝑥0,𝑦0) . Extending the formula for single variable functions in Equation (1), we require that the difference between f and L satisfies

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)−𝐿(𝑥,𝑦)=𝜀1(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝜀2(𝑦−𝑦0),(2)

where both 𝜀1 →0 and 𝜀2 →0as(𝑥,𝑦) →(𝑥0,𝑦0)

If we insert the formula for 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) into Equation (2) we see that

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)−𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)=𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦−𝑦0)+𝜀1(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝜀2(𝑦−𝑦0).

Setting Δ𝑥 =𝑥 −𝑥0,Δ𝑦 =𝑦 −𝑦0 , and Δ𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) −𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0) , we get

Δ𝑧=𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)Δ𝑥+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)Δ𝑦+𝜀1Δ𝑥+𝜀2Δ𝑦.

Based on these ideas, we now state the formal definition of differentiability, which captures the idea that  f  is well approximated by L.

DEFINITION A function 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is differentiable at (𝑥0,𝑦0) if both 𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0) and 𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0) exist and if Δ𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) −𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0) satisfies

Δ𝑧=𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)Δ𝑥+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)Δ𝑦+𝜀1Δ𝑥+𝜀2Δ𝑦,

where Δ𝑥 =𝑥 −𝑥0,Δ𝑦 =𝑦 −𝑦0, , and both 𝜀1 →0 and 𝜀2  → 0 as (𝑥,𝑦)(𝑥0,𝑦0) . We call the function 𝑓 differentiable if it is differentiable at every point in its domain, and we then say that its graph is a smooth surface.

The following theorem (proved in Appendix A.10) and its accompanying corollary tell us that functions with continuous first partial derivatives at (𝑥0,𝑦0) are differentiable there, and they are closely approximated locally by a linear function. We study this approximation in Section 13.6.

THEOREM 3—The Increment Theorem for Functions of Two Variables Suppose that the first partial derivatives of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) are defined throughout an open region R containing the point (𝑥0,𝑦0) and that 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 are continuous at (𝑥0,𝑦0) . Then the change

[ \Delta z = f(x_{0} + \Delta x, y_{0} + \Delta y) - f(x_{0}, y_{0}) ]

in the value of f that results from moving from (𝑥0,𝑦0) to another point (𝑥0 +Δ𝑥,𝑦0 +Δ𝑦) in R satisfies an equation of the form

[ \Delta z = f_{x}(x_{0}, y_{0}) \Delta x + f_{y}(x_{0}, y_{0}) \Delta y + \varepsilon_{1} \Delta x + \varepsilon_{2} \Delta y, ]

in which each of 𝜀1,𝜀2 →0 as both Δ𝑥,Δ𝑦 →0 .

In many cases the partial derivatives are defined and continuous at every point in the domain of 𝑓. We then have the following Corollary.

Corollary of Theorem 3 If the partial derivatives 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) are continuous throughout an open region R, then f is differentiable at every point of R.

I  f 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is differentiable, then the definition of differentiability ensures that Δ𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥0 +Δ𝑥,𝑦0 +Δ𝑦) −𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0) approaches 0 as Δ𝑥 and Δ𝑦 approach 0. This tells us that a function of two variables is continuous at every point where it is differentiable.

THEOREM 4—Differentiable Implies Continuous If a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is differentiable at (𝑥0,𝑦0) , then f is continuous at (𝑥0,𝑦0) .

As we can see from Corollary 3 and Theorem 4, a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) must be continuous at a point (𝑥0,𝑦0)if 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 are continuous throughout an open region containing (𝑥0,𝑦0) . Remember, however, that it is still possible for a function of two variables to be discontinuous at a point where its first partial derivatives exist, as we saw in Example 8. Existence alone of the partial derivatives at that point is not enough, but continuity of the partial derivatives guarantees differentiability.

EXERCISES

13.3

Calculating First-Order Partial Derivatives

In Exercises 1–22, find 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥2 −3𝑦 −4 2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 −𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥2 −1)(𝑦 +2)

  3. f ( ) x y xy x y x y , 5 7 3 6 = − − + − + 2 2 2

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥𝑦 −1)2

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(2𝑥 −3𝑦)3

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√𝑥2+𝑦2

  7. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥3 +(𝑦/2))2/3

  8. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1/(𝑥 +𝑦)

  9. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥/(𝑥2 +𝑦2)

  10. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥 +𝑦)/(𝑥𝑦 −1)

  11. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =tan−1⁡(𝑦/𝑥)

  12. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒(𝑥+𝑦+1)

  13. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒−𝑥sin⁡(𝑥 +𝑦)

  14. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡(𝑥 +𝑦)

  15. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒𝑥𝑦ln⁡𝑦

  16. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =sin2⁡(𝑥 −3𝑦)

  17. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =cos2⁡(3𝑥 −𝑦2)

  18. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦

  19. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =log𝑦⁡𝑥

  20. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =∫𝑦𝑥𝑔(𝑡)𝑑𝑡 g t  continuous for all  ( )

  21. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =∑∞𝑛=0(𝑥𝑦)𝑛 (|𝑥𝑦| <1)

In Exercises 23–34, find 𝑓𝑥,𝑓𝑦, , and 𝑓𝑧.

  1. f ( ) x y z xy z , , 1 2 = + −2 2

  2. f ( ) x y z xy yz xz , , = + +

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥 −√𝑦2+𝑧2

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =(𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2)−1/2

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =arcsin⁡(𝑥𝑦𝑧)

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =arcsec⁡(𝑥 +𝑦𝑧)

  7. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =ln⁡(𝑥 +2𝑦 +3𝑧)

  8. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑦𝑧ln⁡(𝑥𝑦)

  9. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2)

  10. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑒−𝑥𝑦𝑧

  11. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =tanh⁡(𝑥 +2𝑦 +3𝑧)

  12. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =sinh⁡(𝑥𝑦 −𝑧2)

In Exercises 35–40, find the partial derivative of the function with respect to each variable.

  1. 𝑓(𝑡,𝛼) =cos⁡(2𝜋𝑡 −𝛼)

  2. 𝑔(𝑢,𝑣) =𝑣2𝑒(2𝑢/𝑣)

  3. ℎ(𝜌,𝜙,𝜃) =𝜌sin⁡𝜙cos⁡𝜃

  4. 𝑔(𝑟,𝜃,𝑧) =𝑟(1 −cos⁡𝜃) −𝑧

  5. Work done by the heart (Section 3.11, Exercise 59)

𝑊(𝑃,𝑉,𝛿,𝑣,𝑔)=𝑃𝑉+𝑉𝛿𝑣22𝑔40.$𝑊𝑖𝑙𝑠𝑜𝑛𝑙𝑜𝑡𝑠𝑖𝑧𝑒𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚𝑢𝑙𝑎(𝑆𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛4.6,𝐸𝑥𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑖𝑠𝑒61)$𝐴(𝑐,ℎ,𝑘,𝑚,𝑞)=𝑘𝑚𝑞+𝑐𝑚+ℎ𝑞2

Calculating Second-Order Partial Derivatives

Find all the second-order partial derivatives of the functions in Exercises 41–54.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑥𝑦 42. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =sin⁡𝑥𝑦

  2. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2𝑦 +cos⁡𝑦 +𝑦sin⁡𝑥

  3. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑒𝑦 +𝑦 +1

  4. 𝑟(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡(𝑥 +𝑦)

  5. 𝑠(𝑥,𝑦) =arctan⁡(𝑦/𝑥)

  6. 𝑤 =𝑥2tan⁡(𝑥𝑦)

  7. 𝑤 =𝑦𝑒𝑥2−𝑦

  8. 𝑤 =𝑥sin⁡(𝑥2𝑦)

  9. 𝑤 =𝑥−𝑦𝑥2+𝑦

  10. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2𝑦3 −𝑥4 +𝑦5

  11. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =cos⁡𝑥2 −sin⁡3𝑦

  12. 𝑧 =𝑥sin⁡(2𝑥 −𝑦2)

  13. 𝑧 =𝑥𝑒𝑥/𝑦2

Mixed Partial Derivatives

In Exercises 55–60, verify that 𝑤𝑥𝑦  = 𝑤𝑦𝑥

  1. 𝑤 =ln⁡(2𝑥 +3𝑦)

  2. 𝑤 =𝑒𝑥 +𝑥ln⁡𝑦 +𝑦 x ln

  3. 𝑤 =𝑥𝑦2 +𝑥2𝑦3 +𝑥3𝑦4

  4. 𝑤 =𝑥sin⁡𝑦 +𝑦sin⁡𝑥 +𝑥𝑦

  5. 𝑤 =𝑥2𝑦3

  6. 𝑤 =3𝑥−𝑦𝑥+𝑦

  7. Which order of differentiation enables one to calculate 𝑓𝑥𝑦 faster: x first or y first? Try to answer without writing anything down.

a. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥sin⁡𝑦 +𝑒𝑦

b. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1/𝑥

c. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦 +(𝑥/𝑦)

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑦+𝑥2𝑦+4𝑦3−ln⁡(𝑦2+1)

e. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +5𝑥𝑦 +sin⁡𝑥 +7𝑒𝑥

f. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥ln⁡𝑥𝑦

  1. The fifth-order partial derivative 𝜕5𝑓/𝜕𝑥2𝜕𝑦3 is zero for each of the following functions. To show this as quickly as possible, which variable would you differentiate with respect to first: x or y? Try to answer without writing anything down.

a. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦2𝑥4𝑒𝑥 +2

b. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦2 +𝑦(sin⁡𝑥 −𝑥4)

c. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +5𝑥𝑦 +sin⁡𝑥 +7𝑒𝑥

d. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑒𝑦2/2

Using the Partial Derivative Definition

In Exercises 63–66, use the limit definition of partial derivative to compute the partial derivatives of the functions at the specified points.

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=1−𝑥+𝑦−3𝑥2𝑦,𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦 at (1,2)
  1. f x y x y xy , 4 2 3 ,2 ( ) = + − − f∂ and f∂ at 2, 1 ( ) − x∂ y∂

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√2𝑥+3𝑦−1, 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥 and f∂ ( ) at 2, 3 − y∂

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)={sin⁡(𝑥3+𝑦4)𝑥2+𝑦2,(𝑥,𝑦)≠(0,0)0,(𝑥,𝑦)=(0,0),

∂f and ∂f at (0, 0) ∂x ∂y

  1. Three variables Let 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) be a function of three independent variables and write the formal definition of the partial derivative 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑧 at(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) . Use this definition to find 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑧 at(1,2,3) for 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2𝑦𝑧2

  2. Three variables Let 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) be a function of three independent variables and write the formal definition of the partial derivative 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 at(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) . Use this definition to find 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦at(−1,0,˙3) for 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) = −2𝑥𝑦2 +𝑦𝑧2

Differentiating Implicitly

  1. Find the value of 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑥 at the point (1, 1, 1 if the equation )
𝑥𝑦+𝑧3𝑥−2𝑦𝑧=0

defines z as a function of the two independent variables x and y and the partial derivative exists.

  1. Find the value of 𝜕𝑥/𝜕𝑧 at the point (1, −1, −3) if the equation
𝑥𝑧+𝑦ln⁡𝑥−𝑥2+4=0

defines x as a function of the two independent variables y and z and the partial derivative exists.

Exercises 71 and 72 are about the triangle shown here.

教材插图

  1. Express A implicitly as a function of 𝑎,𝑏, and c and calculate ∂ ∂A a and 𝜕𝐴/𝜕𝑏

  2. Express a implicitly as a function of A, b, and B and calculate ∂ ∂ a A and ∂ ∂ a B.

  3. Two dependent variables Express 𝑣𝑥 in terms of u and y if the equations 𝑥  = 𝑣 ln andu 𝑦 =𝑢 ln define υ u and υ as functions of the independent variables x and y, and if 𝑣𝑥 exists. (Hint: Differentiate both equations with respect to x and solve for 𝑣𝑥 by eliminating 𝑢𝑥.)

  4. Two dependent variables Find 𝜕𝑥/𝜕𝑢 and 𝜕𝑦/𝜕𝑢 if the equations 𝑢 =𝑥2 −𝑦2 and 𝑣 =𝑥2 −𝑦 define x and y as functions of the independent variables u and 𝑣, and the partial derivatives exist. (See the hint in Exercise 73.) Then let 𝑠 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 and find 𝜕𝑠/𝜕𝑢

Theory and Examples

  1. Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥 +3𝑦 −4 . Find the slope of the line tangent to this surface at the point (2, 1 and lying in − ) a. the plane 𝑥 =2 b. the plane 𝑦 = −1

  2. Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦3. . Find the slope of the line tangent to this surface at the point (−1, 1 and lying in ) a. the plane 𝑥 = −1 b. the plane 𝑦 =1.

In Exercises 77–80, find a function 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) whose partial derivatives are as given, or explain why this is impossible.

  1. 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥 =3𝑥2𝑦2 −2𝑥,𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦 =2𝑥3𝑦 +6𝑦
𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥=2𝑥𝑒𝑥𝑦2+𝑥2𝑦2𝑒𝑥𝑦2+3,𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦=2𝑥3𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑦2−𝑒𝑦79.$$𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥=2𝑦(𝑥+𝑦)2,𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦=2𝑥(𝑥+𝑦)2$$𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥=𝑥𝑦cos⁡(𝑥𝑦)+sin⁡(𝑥𝑦),𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦=𝑥cos⁡(𝑥𝑦)
  1.  cot⁡ f⁡(𝑥,𝑦) ={𝑦3,𝑦≥0−𝑦2,𝑦<0.

Find 𝑓𝑥,𝑓𝑦,𝑓𝑥𝑦, , and 𝑓𝑦𝑥 , and state the domain for each partial derivative.

  1. Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =⎧{ {⎨{ {⎩𝑥𝑦𝑥2−𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2,if (𝑥,𝑦)≠0,0,if (𝑥,𝑦)=0.

a. Show that 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦(𝑥,0) =𝑥 for all x, and 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥(0,𝑦) = −𝑦 for all y.

b. Show that 𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑥(0,0) ≠𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦(0,0).

The three-dimensional Laplace equation

𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥2+𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦2+𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑧2=0

is satisfied by steady-state temperature distributions 𝑇 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) in space, by gravitational potentials, and by electrostatic potentials. The two-dimensional Laplace equation

𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥2+𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦2=0,

obtained by dropping the 𝜕2𝑓/𝜕𝑧2 term from the previous equation, describes potentials and steady-state temperature distributions in a plane. The plane may be treated as a thin slice of the solid perpendicular to the z-axis.

Show that each function in Exercises 83–90 satisfies a Laplace equation.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 −2𝑧2

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =2𝑧3 −3(𝑥2 +𝑦2)𝑧

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒−2𝑦cos⁡2𝑥

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡√𝑥2+𝑦2

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =3𝑥 +2𝑦 −4

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =arctan⁡𝑥𝑦

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=(𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2)−1/2 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑒3𝑥+4𝑦cos⁡5𝑧

The wave equation If we stand on an ocean shore and take a snapshot of the waves, the picture shows a regular pattern of peaks and valleys in an instant of time. We see periodic vertical motion in space, with respect to distance. If we stand in the water, we can feel the rise and fall of the water as the waves go by. We see periodic vertical motion in time. In physics, this beautiful symmetry is expressed by the one-dimensional wave equation

𝜕2𝑤𝜕𝑡2=𝑐2𝜕2𝑤𝜕𝑥2,

where w is the wave height, x is the distance variable, t is the time variable, and c is the velocity with which the waves are propagated.

教材插图

In our example, x is the distance across the ocean’s surface, but in other applications, x might be the distance along a vibrating string, distance through air (sound waves), or distance through space (light waves). The number c varies with the medium and type of wave.

Show that the functions in Exercises 91–97 are all solutions of the wave equation.

  1. 𝑤 =sin⁡(𝑥 +𝑐𝑡)

  2. 𝑤 =cos⁡(2𝑥 +2𝑐𝑡)

  3. 𝑤 =sin⁡(𝑥 +𝑐𝑡) +cos⁡(2𝑥 +2𝑐𝑡)

  4. w x ct= +ln 2 2( )

  5. w x ct= −tan 2 2( )

  6. 𝑤 =5cos⁡(3𝑥 +3𝑐𝑡) +𝑒𝑥+𝑐𝑡

  7. 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑢), , where f is a differentiable function of u, and \boldsymbol𝑢 =\boldsymbol𝑎(\boldsymbol𝑥 +\boldsymbol𝑐𝑡) , where a is a constant

  8. Does a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) with continuous first partial derivatives throughout an open region R have to be continuous on R? Give reasons for your answer.

  9. If a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) has continuous second partial derivatives throughout an open region R, must the first-order partial derivatives of f be continuous on R? Give reasons for your answer.

  10. The heat equation An important partial differential equation that describes the distribution of heat in a region at time t can be represented by the one-dimensional heat equation

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑡=𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥2.

Show that 𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) =sin⁡(𝛼𝑥) ⋅𝑒−𝛽𝑡 satisfies the heat equation for constants α and 𝛽. What is the relationship between α and 𝛽 for this function to be a solution?

  1. Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =⎧{ {⎨{ {⎩𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦4,(𝑥,𝑦)≠(0,0)0,(𝑥,𝑦)=(0,0).

Show that 𝑓𝑥(0,0) and 𝑓𝑦(0,0) exist, but 𝑓 is not differentiable at (0,0) . (Hint: Use Theorem 4 and show that 𝑓 is not continuous at ( 0, 0 .) )

  1. Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) ={0,𝑥2<𝑦<2𝑥21,otherwise.

Show that 𝑓𝑥(0,0) and 𝑓𝑦(0,0) exist, but 𝑓 is not differentiable at (0,0)

  1. The Korteweg–de Vries equation

This nonlinear differential equation, which describes wave motion on shallow water surfaces, is given by

𝑢𝑡+𝑢𝑥𝑥𝑥+12𝑢𝑢𝑥=0.

Show that 𝑢(𝑥,𝑡) =sech2(𝑥 −𝑡) satisfies the Korteweg–de Vries equation.

  1. Show that 𝑇 =1√𝑥2+𝑦2 satisfies the equation 𝑇𝑥𝑥 +𝑇𝑦𝑦 =𝑇3.

13.4 The Chain Rule

To find 𝑑𝑤/𝑑𝑡, we read down the route from w to t, multiplying derivatives along the way.

The Chain Rule for functions of a single variable studied in Section 3.6 says that if 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥) is a differentiable function of 𝑥, and 𝑥 =𝑔(𝑡) is a differentiable function of 𝑡, then w is a differentiable function of 𝑡, and 𝑑𝑤/𝑑𝑡 can be calculated by the formula

教材插图

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡=𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡.

For this composite function 𝑤(𝑡) =𝑓(𝑔(𝑡)) , we can think of t as the independent variable and 𝑥 =𝑔(𝑡) as the “intermediate variable” because t determines the value of x that in turn gives the value of w from the function 𝑓. . We display the Chain Rule in a “dependency diagram” in the margin. Such diagrams capture which variables depend on which.

For functions of several variables the Chain Rule has more than one form, which depends on how many independent and intermediate variables are involved. However, once the variables are taken into account, the Chain Rule works in the same way we just discussed.

Functions of Two Variables

The Chain Rule formula for a differentiable function 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) when 𝑥 =𝑥(𝑡) and 𝑦 =𝑦(𝑡) are both differentiable functions of t is given in the following theorem.

THEOREM 5—Chain Rule for Functions of One Independent Variable and Two Intermediate Variables

If 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is differentiable and if 𝑥 =𝑥(𝑡),𝑦 =𝑦(𝑡) are differentiable functions of \dag,𝑡, then the composition 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥(𝑡),𝑦(𝑡)) is a differentiable function of t and

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡=𝑓𝑥(𝑥(𝑡),𝑦(𝑡))𝑥′(𝑡)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥(𝑡),𝑦(𝑡))𝑦′(𝑡),

or

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡.

Each of 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥,𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥,𝑓𝑥 indicates the partial derivative of 𝑓 with respect to x.

To remember the Chain Rule, picture the diagram below. To find 𝑑𝑤/𝑑𝑡 , start at w and read down each route to t, multiplying derivatives along the way. Then add the products.

教材插图

Proof The proof consists of showing that if x and y are differentiable at 𝑡  = 𝑡0 , then w is differentiable at 𝑡0 and

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡(𝑡0)=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥(𝑃0)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡(𝑡0)+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦(𝑃0)𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡(𝑡0),

where 𝑃0 =(𝑥(𝑡0),𝑦(𝑡0))

Let Δ𝑥,Δ𝑦 , and Δ𝑤 be the increments that result from changing t from 𝑡0tan⁡𝑡0 +Δ𝑡 Since 𝑓 is differentiable (see the definition in Section 13.3),

Δ𝑤=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥(𝑃0)Δ𝑥+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦(𝑃0)Δ𝑦+𝜀1Δ𝑥+𝜀2Δ𝑦,

where 𝜀1,𝜀2  → 0 as Δ𝑥,Δ𝑦0 . To find 𝑑𝑤/𝑑𝑡 , we divide this equation through by Δ𝑡 and let Δ𝑡 approach zero (therefore, Δ𝑥 and Δ𝑦 approach zero as well since the fact that 𝑥(𝑡) and 𝑦(𝑡) are differentiable implies that they are continuous). The division gives

Δ𝑤Δ𝑡=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥(𝑃0)Δ𝑥Δ𝑡+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦(𝑃0)Δ𝑦Δ𝑡+𝜀1Δ𝑥Δ𝑡+𝜀2Δ𝑦Δ𝑡.

Letting Δ𝑡 approach zero gives

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡(𝑡0)=limΔ𝑡→0Δ𝑤Δ𝑡=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥(𝑃0)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡(𝑡0)+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦(𝑃0)𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡(𝑡0)+0⋅𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡(𝑡0)+0⋅𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡(𝑡0).

Often we write 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 for the partial derivative 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 , so we can rewrite the Chain Rule in Theorem 5 in the form

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡.

However, the meaning of the dependent variable w is different on each side of the preceding equation. On the left-hand side, it refers to the composite function 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥(𝑡),𝑦(𝑡)) as a function of the single variable t. On the right-hand side, it refers to the function 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) as a function of the two variables x and 𝑦. . Moreover, the single derivatives 𝑑𝑤/𝑑𝑡,𝑑𝑥/𝑑𝑡 , and 𝑑𝑦/𝑑𝑡 are being evaluated at a point 𝑡0 : , whereas the partial derivatives 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑦 are being evaluated at the point (𝑥0,𝑦0) , with 𝑥0 =𝑥(𝑡0) and 𝑦0  = 𝑦(𝑡0) . With that understanding, we will use both of these forms interchangeably throughout the text whenever no confusion will arise.

The dependency diagram on the preceding page provides a convenient way to remember the Chain Rule. The “true” independent variable in the composite function is t, whereas x and 𝑦 are intermediate variables (controlled by t) and w is the dependent variable.

A more precise notation for the Chain Rule shows where the various derivatives in Theorem 5 are evaluated:

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡(𝑡0)=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡(𝑡0)+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡(𝑡0),

or, using another notation,

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡∣𝑡0=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥∣(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡∣𝑡0+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦∣(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡∣𝑡0.

EXAMPLE 1 Use the Chain Rule to find the derivative of

𝑤=𝑥𝑦

with respect to t along the path 𝑥 =cos⁡𝑡,𝑦 =sin⁡𝑡. What is the derivative’s value at 𝑡 =𝜋/2 ?

Solution We apply the Chain Rule to find dw dt as follows:

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡=𝜕(𝑥𝑦)𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑑𝑡(cos⁡𝑡)+𝜕(𝑥𝑦)𝜕𝑦𝑑𝑑𝑡(sin⁡𝑡)=(𝑦)(−sin⁡𝑡)+(𝑥)(cos⁡𝑡)=(sin⁡𝑡)(−sin⁡𝑡)+(cos⁡𝑡)(cos⁡𝑡)=−sin2⁡𝑡+cos2⁡𝑡=cos⁡2𝑡.

In this example, we can check the result with a more direct calculation. As a function of t,

𝑤=𝑥𝑦=cos⁡𝑡sin⁡𝑡=12sin⁡2𝑡,

so

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡=𝑑𝑑𝑡(12sin⁡2𝑡)=12(2cos⁡2𝑡)=cos⁡2𝑡.

In either case, at the given value of t,

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡∣𝑡=𝜋/2=cos⁡(2𝜋2)=cos⁡𝜋=−1.

Functions of Three Variables

You can probably predict the Chain Rule for functions of three intermediate variables, as it involves adding the expected third term to the two-variable formula.

Here we have three routes from w to t instead of two, but finding dw dt is still the same. Read down each route, multiplying derivatives along the way; then add.

Chain Rule

THEOREM 6—Chain Rule for Functions of One Independent Variable and Three Intermediate Variables

教材插图

If 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) is differentiable and x, y, and z are differentiable functions of 𝑡, then w is a differentiable function of t, and

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧𝑑𝑧𝑑𝑡. 𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧𝑑𝑧𝑑𝑡

The proof is identical to the proof of Theorem 5, except that there are now three intermediate variables instead of two. The dependency diagram we use for remembering the new equation is similar as well, with three routes from w to t.

EXAMPLE 2 Find dw dt if

𝑤=𝑥𝑦+𝑧,𝑥=cos⁡𝑡,𝑦=sin⁡𝑡,𝑧=𝑡.

In this example the values of 𝑤(𝑡) are changing along the path of a helix (Section 12.1) as 𝑡 changes. What is the derivative’s value at 𝑡 =0 ?

Solution Using the Chain Rule for three intermediate variables, we have

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧𝑑𝑧𝑑𝑡=(𝑦)(−sin⁡𝑡)+(𝑥)(cos⁡𝑡)+(1)(1)=(sin⁡𝑡)(−sin⁡𝑡)+(cos⁡𝑡)(cos⁡𝑡)+1 Substitute for intermediate =−sin2⁡𝑡+cos2⁡𝑡+1=1+cos⁡2𝑡,

SO

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡∣𝑡=0=1+cos⁡(0)=2.

For a physical interpretation of change along a curve, think of an object whose position is changing with time t. If 𝑤 =𝑇(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) is the temperature at each point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) along a curve C with parametric equations 𝑥 =𝑥(𝑡) , 𝑦 =𝑦(𝑡) , and 𝑧 =𝑧(𝑡) , then the composite function 𝑤 =𝑇(𝑥(𝑡),𝑦(𝑡),𝑧(𝑡)) represents the temperature relative to t along the curve. The derivative dw/dt is then the instantaneous rate of change of temperature due to the motion along the curve, as calculated in Theorem 6.

Functions Defined on Surfaces

If we are interested in the temperature 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) at points (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) on Earth’s surface, we might prefer to think of 𝑥,𝑦 , and 𝑧 as functions of the variables 𝑟 and 𝑠 that give the points’ longitudes and latitudes. If 𝑥 =𝑔(𝑟,𝑠),𝑦 =ℎ(𝑟,𝑠) , and 𝑧 =𝑘(𝑟,𝑠) , we could then express the temperature as a function of 𝑟 and 𝑠 with the composite function

𝑤=𝑓(𝑔(𝑟,𝑠),ℎ(𝑟,𝑠),𝑘(𝑟,𝑠)).

Under the conditions stated below, w has partial derivatives with respect to both r and s that can be calculated in the following way.

THEOREM 7—Chain Rule for Two Independent Variables and Three Intermediate Variables

Suppose that 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) , 𝑥 =𝑔(𝑟,𝑠) , 𝑦 =ℎ(𝑟,𝑠) , and 𝑧 =𝑘(𝑟,𝑠) . If all four functions are differentiable, then w has partial derivatives with respect to r and s, given by the formulas

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑟=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑟+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑟+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑟 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑠=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑠+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑠+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑠.

The first of these equations can be derived from the Chain Rule in Theorem 6 by holding s fixed and treating r as t. The second can be derived in the same way, holding r fixed and treating s as t. The dependency diagrams for both equations are shown in Figure 13.22.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.22 Composite function and dependency diagrams for Theorem 7.

EXAMPLE 3 Express 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑟 and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑠 in terms of 𝑟 and 𝑠 if

𝑤=𝑥+2𝑦+𝑧2,𝑥=𝑟𝑠,𝑦=𝑟2+ln⁡𝑠,𝑧=2𝑟.

Solution Using the formulas in Theorem 7, we find

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑟=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑟+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑟+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑟=(1)(1𝑠)+(2)(2𝑟)+(2𝑧)(2)=1𝑠+4𝑟+(4𝑟)(2)=1𝑠+12𝑟Substitute for intermediate variable 𝑧. 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑠=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑠+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑠+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑠=(1)(−𝑟𝑠2)+(2)(1𝑠)+(2𝑧)(0)=2𝑠−𝑟𝑠2.

Chain Rule

教材插图

If 𝑓 is a function of two intermediate variables instead of three, each equation in Theorem 7 becomes correspondingly one term shorter.

FIGURE 13.23 Dependency diagram for the equation

Figure 13.23 shows the dependency diagram for the first of these equations. The diagram for the second equation is similar; just replace r with s.

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑟=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑟+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑟.  If 𝑤=𝑓(𝑥,𝑦),𝑥=𝑔(𝑟,𝑠), and 𝑦=ℎ(𝑟,𝑠), then 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑟=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑟+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑟 and 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑠=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑠+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑠.

EXAMPLE 4 Express 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑟 and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑠 in terms of 𝑟 and 𝑠 if

𝑤=𝑥2+𝑦2,𝑥=𝑟−𝑠,𝑦=𝑟+𝑠.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.24 Dependency diagram for differentiating f as a composite function of r and s with one intermediate variable.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.25 Dependency diagram for differentiating 𝑤 =𝐹(𝑥,𝑦) with respect to x. Setting dw/dx = 0 leads to a simple computational formula for implicit differentiation (Theorem 8).

Solution The preceding discussion gives the following.

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑟=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑟+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑟𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑠=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑠+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑠=(2𝑥)(1)+(2𝑦)(1)=(2𝑥)(−1)+(2𝑦)(1)=2(𝑟−𝑠)+2(𝑟+𝑠)=−2(𝑟−𝑠)+2(𝑟+𝑠)=4𝑟=4𝑠Substitute for the intermediate variables.

If 𝑓 is a function of a single intermediate variable 𝑥 , our equations are even simpler.

 If 𝑤=𝑓(𝑥) and 𝑥=𝑔(𝑟,𝑠), then 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑟=𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑟 and 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑠=𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑠.

In this case, we use the ordinary (single-variable) derivative, dw/dx. The dependency diagram is shown in Figure 13.24.

Implicit Differentiation Revisited

The two-variable Chain Rule in Theorem 5 leads to a formula that takes some of the algebra out of implicit differentiation. Suppose that

  1. The function 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦) is differentiable and

  2. The equation 𝐹(𝑥,ℎ(𝑥)) =0 defines y implicitly as a differentiable function of x, say 𝑦 =ℎ(𝑥) .

Since 𝑤 =𝐹(𝑥,ℎ(𝑥)) =0 , the derivative dw/dx must be zero. Computing the derivative from the Chain Rule (dependency diagram in Figure 13.25), we find

0=𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑥=𝐹𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑥+𝐹𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑥 Theorem 5 with 𝑡=𝑥 and 𝑓=𝐹=𝐹𝑥⋅1+𝐹𝑦⋅𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑥.

If 𝐹𝑦 =𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑦 ≠0 , we can solve this equation for 𝑑𝑦/𝑑𝑥 to get

𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑥=−𝐹𝑥𝐹𝑦.

We state this result formally.

THEOREM 8—A Formula for Implicit Differentiation

Suppose that 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦) is differentiable and that the equation 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦) =0 defines 𝑦 as a differentiable function of 𝑥 . Then, at any point where 𝐹𝑦 ≠0 ,

𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑥=−𝐹𝑥𝐹𝑦.(1)

EXAMPLE 5 Use Theorem 8 to find dy/dx if 𝑦2 −𝑥2 −sin⁡𝑥𝑦 =0 .

Solution Take 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦2 −𝑥2 −sin⁡𝑥𝑦 . Then

𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑥=−𝐹𝑥𝐹𝑦=−−2𝑥−𝑦cos⁡𝑥𝑦2𝑦−𝑥cos⁡𝑥𝑦=2𝑥+𝑦cos⁡𝑥𝑦2𝑦−𝑥cos⁡𝑥𝑦.

This calculation is significantly shorter than a single-variable calculation using implicit differentiation.

The result in Theorem 8 is easily extended to three variables. Suppose that the equation 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 defines the variable z implicitly as a function 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) . Then, for all (𝑥,𝑦) in the domain of f, we have 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦,𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)) =0 . Assuming that F and f are differentiable functions, we can use the Chain Rule to differentiate the equation 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 with respect to the independent variable x:

0=𝜕𝐹𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑥+𝜕𝐹𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑥+𝜕𝐹𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥=𝐹𝑥⋅1+𝐹𝑦⋅0+𝐹𝑧⋅𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥, y is constant when  we differentiate  with respect to 𝑥.

SO

𝐹𝑥+𝐹𝑧𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥=0.

A similar calculation for differentiating with respect to the independent variable y gives

𝐹𝑦+𝐹𝑧𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑦=0.

Whenever 𝐹𝑧 ≠0 , we can solve these last two equations for the partial derivatives of 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) to obtain

𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥=−𝐹𝑥𝐹𝑧 and 𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑦=−𝐹𝑦𝐹𝑧.(2)

An important result from advanced calculus, called the Implicit Function Theorem, states the conditions for which our results in Equations (2) are valid. If the partial derivatives 𝐹𝑥,𝐹𝑦 , and 𝐹𝑧 are continuous throughout an open region R in space containing the point (𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) , and if for some constant c, 𝐹(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) =𝑐 and 𝐹𝑧(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) ≠0 , then the equation 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑐 defines z implicitly as a differentiable function of x and y near (𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) , and the partial derivatives of z are given by Equations (2).

Solution Let 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥3 +𝑧2 +𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑧 +𝑧cos⁡𝑦 . Then

𝐹𝑥=3𝑥2+𝑧𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑧,𝐹𝑦=𝑒𝑥𝑧−𝑧sin⁡𝑦, and 𝐹𝑧=2𝑧+𝑥𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑧+cos⁡𝑦.

Since 𝐹(0,0,0) =0 , 𝐹𝑧(0,0,0) =1 ≠0 , and all first partial derivatives are continuous, the Implicit Function Theorem says that 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 defines z as a differentiable function of x and y near the point (0,0,0) . From Equations (2),

𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥=−𝐹𝑥𝐹𝑧=−3𝑥2+𝑧𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑧2𝑧+𝑥𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑧+cos⁡𝑦 and 𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑦=−𝐹𝑦𝐹𝑧=−𝑒𝑥𝑧−𝑧sin⁡𝑦2𝑧+𝑥𝑦𝑒𝑥𝑧+cos⁡𝑦.

At (0,0,0) we find

𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥=−01=0 and 𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑦=−11=−1.

Functions of Many Variables

We have seen several different forms of the Chain Rule in this section, but each one is just a special case of one general formula. When solving particular problems, it may help to draw the appropriate dependency diagram by placing the dependent variable on top, the intermediate variables in the middle, and the selected independent variable at the bottom. To find the derivative of the dependent variable with respect to the selected independent variable, start at the dependent variable and read down each route of the dependency diagram to the independent variable, calculating and multiplying the derivatives along each route. Then add the products found for the different routes.

In general, suppose that 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥1,𝑥2,…,𝑥𝑛) is a differentiable function of the intermediate variables 𝑥1,𝑥2,…,𝑥𝑛 (a finite set) and that 𝑥1,𝑥2,…,𝑥𝑛 are differentiable functions of the independent variables 𝑡1,𝑡2,…,𝑡𝑚 (another finite set). Then w is a differentiable function of the variables 𝑡1,𝑡2,…,𝑡𝑚 , and the partial derivatives of w with respect to these variables are given by equations of the form

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑡𝑖=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥1𝜕𝑥1𝜕𝑡𝑖+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥2𝜕𝑥2𝜕𝑡𝑖+⋯+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝑛𝜕𝑥𝑛𝜕𝑡𝑖 for 𝑖=1,2,…,𝑚.

One way to remember this equation is to think of the right-hand side as the dot product of two n-dimensional vectors:

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑡𝑖=⟨𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥1,𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥2,…,𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝑛⟩⏟_____⏟_____⏟ Derivatives of 𝑤 with respect to the intermediate variables ⋅⟨𝜕𝑥1𝜕𝑡𝑖,𝜕𝑥2𝜕𝑡𝑖,…,𝜕𝑥𝑛𝜕𝑡𝑖⟩⏟_____⏟_____⏟ Derivatives of the intermediate variables with respect to the selected independent variable .

The first vector describes how w changes in various directions, while the second vector indicates the velocity vector of 𝐱(𝑡𝑖) =⟨𝑥1(𝑡𝑖),𝑥2(𝑡𝑖),…,𝑥𝑛(𝑡𝑖)⟩ . These concepts will be studied further in the next section.

EXERCISES 13.4

Chain Rule: One Independent Variable

In Exercises 1–6, (a) express dw/dt as a function of t, both by using the Chain Rule and by expressing w in terms of t and differentiating directly with respect to t. Then (b) evaluate dw/dt at the given value of t.

𝟏.𝑤=𝑥2+𝑦2,𝑥=cos⁡𝑡,𝑦=sin⁡𝑡;𝑡=𝜋 𝑤=𝑥2+𝑦2,𝑥=cos⁡𝑡+sin⁡𝑡,𝑦=cos⁡𝑡−sin⁡𝑡;𝑡=0 𝑤=𝑥𝑧+𝑦𝑧,𝑥=cos2⁡𝑡,𝑦=sin2⁡𝑡,𝑧=1/𝑡;𝑡=3  4 . 𝑤=ln⁡(𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2),𝑥=cos⁡𝑡,𝑦=sin⁡𝑡,𝑧=4√𝑡;𝑡=3 5.𝑤=2𝑦𝑒𝑥−ln⁡𝑧,𝑥=ln⁡(𝑡2+1),𝑦=tan−1⁡𝑡,𝑧=𝑒𝑡;𝑡=1
  1. 𝑤 =𝑧 −sin⁡𝑥𝑦, 𝑥 =𝑡, 𝑦 =ln⁡𝑡, 𝑧 =𝑒𝑡−1; 𝑡 =1

Chain Rule: Two and Three Independent Variables

In Exercises 7 and 8, (a) express 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑢 and 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑣 as functions of u and v both by using the Chain Rule and by expressing z directly in terms of u and v before differentiating. Then (b) evaluate 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑢 and 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑣 at the given point (𝑢,𝑣) .

7.𝑧=4𝑒𝑥ln⁡𝑦,𝑥=ln⁡(𝑢cos⁡𝑣),𝑦=𝑢sin⁡𝑣;(𝑢,𝑣)=(2,𝜋/4)  8 . 𝑧=tan−1⁡(𝑥/𝑦),𝑥=𝑢cos⁡𝑣,𝑦=𝑢sin⁡𝑣;(𝑢,𝑣)=(1.3,𝜋/6)

In Exercises 9 and 10, (a) express 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑢 and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑣 as functions of 𝑢 and 𝑣 both by using the Chain Rule and by expressing 𝑤 directly in terms of 𝑢 and 𝑣 before differentiating. Then (b) evaluate 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑢 and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑣 at the given point (𝑢,𝑣) .

  1. 𝑤 =ln⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2), 𝑥 =𝑢𝑒𝑣sin⁡𝑢, 𝑦 =𝑢𝑒𝑣cos⁡𝑢, 𝑧 =𝑢𝑒𝑣;(𝑢,𝑣) =( −2,0)

In Exercises 11 and 12, (a) express 𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝑥 , 𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝑦 , and 𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝑧 as functions of 𝑥 , 𝑦 , and 𝑧 both by using the Chain Rule and by expressing 𝑢 directly in terms of 𝑥 , 𝑦 , and 𝑧 before differentiating. Then (b) evaluate 𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝑥 , 𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝑦 , and 𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝑧 at the given point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) .

  1. 𝑢 =𝑝−𝑞𝑞−𝑟,𝑝 =𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑧,𝑞 =𝑥 −𝑦 +𝑧,
𝑟=𝑥+𝑦−𝑧;(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=(√3,2,1)
  1. 𝑢 =𝑒𝑞𝑟sin−1⁡𝑝,𝑝 =sin⁡𝑥,𝑞 =𝑧2ln⁡𝑦,𝑟 =1/𝑧; (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =(𝜋/4,1/2, −1/2)

Using a Dependency Diagram

In Exercises 13–24, draw a dependency diagram and write a Chain Rule formula for each derivative.

  1. 𝑑𝑧𝑑𝑡 for 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) , 𝑥 =𝑔(𝑡) , 𝑦 =ℎ(𝑡)
𝑑𝑧𝑑𝑡 for 𝑧=𝑓(𝑢,𝑣,𝑤),𝑢=𝑔(𝑡),𝑣=ℎ(𝑡),𝑤=𝑘(𝑡)15.$$𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑢$𝑎𝑛𝑑$𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑣$𝑓𝑜𝑟$𝑤=ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)$,$𝑥=𝑓(𝑢,𝑣)$,$𝑦=𝑔(𝑢,𝑣)$,$𝑧=𝑘(𝑢,𝑣)$$𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦 for 𝑤=𝑓(𝑟,𝑠,𝑡),𝑟=𝑔(𝑥,𝑦),𝑠=ℎ(𝑥,𝑦),𝑡=𝑘(𝑥,𝑦)
  1. 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑢 and 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑣 for 𝑤 =𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) , 𝑥 =ℎ(𝑢,𝑣) , 𝑦 =𝑘(𝑢,𝑣)

  2. 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦 for 𝑤 =𝑔(𝑢,𝑣) , 𝑢 =ℎ(𝑥,𝑦) , 𝑣 =𝑘(𝑥,𝑦)

  3. 𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑡 and 𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑠 for 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦),𝑥 =𝑔(𝑡,𝑠),𝑦 =ℎ(𝑡,𝑠)

  4. 𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑟 for 𝑦 =𝑓(𝑢),𝑢 =𝑔(𝑟,𝑠)

  5. 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑠 and 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑡 for 𝑤 =𝑔(𝑢) , 𝑢 =ℎ(𝑠,𝑡)

  6. 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑝 for 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑣) , 𝑥 =𝑔(𝑝,𝑞) , 𝑦 =ℎ(𝑝,𝑞) , 𝑧 =𝑗(𝑝,𝑞) , 𝑣 =𝑘(𝑝,𝑞)

  7. 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑟 and 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑠 for 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) , 𝑥 =𝑔(𝑟) , 𝑦 =ℎ(𝑠)

  8. 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑠 for 𝑤 =𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) , 𝑥 =ℎ(𝑟,𝑠,𝑡) , 𝑦 =𝑘(𝑟,𝑠,𝑡)

Implicit Differentiation

Assuming that the equations in Exercises 25–30 define y as a differentiable function of x, use Theorem 8 to find the value of dy/dx at the given point.

  1. 𝑥3 −2𝑦2 +𝑥𝑦 =0, (1,1)

  2. 𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 −3𝑥 −3 =0, ( −1,1)

  3. 𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 −7 =0 (1,2)

  4. 𝑥𝑒𝑦 +sin⁡𝑥𝑦 +𝑦 −ln⁡2 =0,(0,ln⁡2)

  5. (𝑥3 −𝑦4)6 +ln⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦) =1,( −1,0)

  6. 𝑥𝑒𝑥2𝑦 −𝑦𝑒𝑥 =𝑥 +𝑦 −2, (1,1)

Find the values of 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑦 at the points in Exercises 31-34.

  1. 𝑧3 −𝑥𝑦 +𝑦𝑧 +𝑦3 −2 =0, (1,1,1)

  2. 1𝑥 +1𝑦 +1𝑧 −1 =0, (2,3,6)

  3. sin⁡(𝑥 +𝑦) +sin⁡(𝑦 +𝑧) +sin⁡(𝑥 +𝑧) =0,(𝜋,𝜋,𝜋)

  4. 𝑥𝑒𝑦 +𝑦𝑒𝑧 +2ln⁡𝑥 −2 −3ln⁡2 =0, (1,ln⁡2,ln⁡3)

Finding Partial Derivatives at Specified Points

  1. Find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑟 when 𝑟 =1,𝑠 = −1 if 𝑤 =(𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑧)2 , 𝑥 =𝑟 −𝑠,𝑦 =cos⁡(𝑟 +𝑠),𝑧 =sin⁡(𝑟 +𝑠) .

  2. Find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑣 when 𝑢 = −1,𝑣 =2 if 𝑤 =𝑥𝑦 +ln⁡𝑧 , 𝑥 =𝑣2/𝑢,𝑦 =𝑢 +𝑣,𝑧 =cos⁡𝑢 .

  3. Find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑣 when 𝑢 =0,𝑣 =0 if 𝑤 =𝑥2 +(𝑦/𝑥) , 𝑥 =𝑢 −2𝑣 +1 , 𝑦 =2𝑢 +𝑣 −2 .

  4. Find 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑢 when 𝑢 =0,𝑣 =1 if 𝑧 =sin⁡𝑥𝑦 +𝑥sin⁡𝑦 , 𝑥 =𝑢2 +𝑣2 , 𝑦 =𝑢𝑣 .

  5. Find 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑢 and 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑣 when 𝑢 =ln⁡2,𝑣 =1 if 𝑧 =5tan−1⁡𝑥 and 𝑥 =𝑒𝑢 +ln⁡𝑣 .

  6. Find 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑢 and 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑣 when u = 1, v = -2 if 𝑧 =ln⁡𝑞 and 𝑞 =√𝑣+3tan−1⁡𝑢 .

Theory and Examples

  1. Assume that 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑠3 +𝑡2) and 𝑓′(𝑥) =𝑒𝑥 . Find 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑡 and 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑠 .

  2. Assume that 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑡𝑠2,𝑠𝑡) , 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 , and 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥22 . Find 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑡 and 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑠 .

  3. Assume that 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) , 𝑥 =𝑔(𝑡) , 𝑦 =ℎ(𝑡) , 𝑓𝑥(2, −1) =3 , and 𝑓𝑦(2, −1) = −2 . If 𝑔(0) =2 , ℎ(0) = −1 , 𝑔′(0) =5 , and ℎ′(0) = −4 , find 𝑑𝑧𝑑𝑡∣𝑡=0 .

  4. Assume that 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)2 , 𝑥 =𝑔(𝑡) , 𝑦 =ℎ(𝑡) , 𝑓𝑥(1,0) = −1 , 𝑓𝑦(1,0) =1 , and 𝑓(1,0) =2 . If 𝑔(3) =1 , ℎ(3) =0 , 𝑔′(3) = −3 , and ℎ′(3) =4 , find 𝑑𝑧𝑑𝑡∣𝑡=3 .

  5. Assume that 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑤),𝑤 =𝑔(𝑥,𝑦),𝑥 =2𝑟3 −𝑠2 , and 𝑦 =𝑟𝑒𝑠 . If 𝑔𝑥(2,1) = −3 , 𝑔𝑦(2,1) =2 , 𝑓′(7) = −1 , and 𝑔(2,1) =7 , find 𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑟∣𝑟=1,𝑠=0 and 𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑠∣𝑟=1,𝑠=0 .

  6. Assume that 𝑧 =ln⁡(𝑓(𝑤)) , 𝑤 =𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) , 𝑥 =√𝑟−𝑠 , and 𝑦 =𝑟2𝑠 . If 𝑔𝑥(2, −9) = −1 , 𝑔𝑦(2, −9) =3 , 𝑓′( −2) =2 , 𝑓( −2) =5 , and 𝑔(2, −9) = −2 , find 𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑟∣𝑟=3,𝑠=−1 and 𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑠∣𝑟=3,𝑠=−1 .

  7. Changing voltage in a circuit The voltage V in a circuit that satisfies the law V = IR is slowly dropping as the battery wears out. At the same time, the resistance R is increasing as the resistor heats up. Use the equation

𝑑𝑉𝑑𝑡=𝜕𝑉𝜕𝐼𝑑𝐼𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑉𝜕𝑅𝑑𝑅𝑑𝑡

to find how the current is changing at the instant when R = 600 ohms, I = 0.04 amp, dR/dt = 0.5 ohm/s, and dV/dt = -0.01 volt/s.

教材插图

  1. Changing dimensions in a box The lengths 𝑎 , 𝑏 , and 𝑐 of the edges of a rectangular box are changing with time. At the instant in question, 𝑎 =1m , 𝑏 =2m , 𝑐 =3m , 𝑑𝑎/𝑑𝑡 =𝑑𝑏/𝑑𝑡 =1m/s , and 𝑑𝑐/𝑑𝑡 = −3m/s . At what rates are the box’s volume 𝑉 and surface area 𝑆 changing at that instant? Are the box’s interior diagonals increasing in length or decreasing?

  2. If 𝑓(𝑢,𝑣,𝑤) is differentiable and 𝑢 =𝑥 −𝑦,𝑣 =𝑦 −𝑧 , and 𝑤 =𝑧 −𝑥 , show that

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑧=0.
  1. Polar coordinates Suppose that we substitute polar coordinates 𝑥 =𝑟cos⁡𝜃 and 𝑦 =𝑟sin⁡𝜃 in a differentiable function 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) .

a. Show that

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑟=𝑓𝑥cos⁡𝜃+𝑓𝑦sin⁡𝜃

and

1𝑟𝜕𝑤𝜕𝜃=−𝑓𝑥sin⁡𝜃+𝑓𝑦cos⁡𝜃.

b. Solve the equations in part (a) to express 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 in terms of 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑟 and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝜃 .

c. Show that

(𝑓𝑥)2+(𝑓𝑦)2=(𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑟)2+1𝑟2(𝜕𝑤𝜕𝜃)2.
  1. Laplace equations Show that if 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑢,𝑣) satisfies the Laplace equation 𝑓𝑢𝑢 +𝑓𝑣𝑣 =0 and if 𝑢 =(𝑥2 −𝑦2)/2 and 𝑣 =𝑥𝑦 , then 𝑤 satisfies the Laplace equation 𝑤𝑥𝑥 +𝑤𝑦𝑦 =0 .

  2. Laplace equations Let 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑢) +𝑔(𝑣) , where 𝑢 =𝑥 +𝑖𝑦 , v = x - iy, and 𝑖 =√−1 . Show that w satisfies the Laplace equation 𝑤𝑥𝑥 +𝑤𝑦𝑦 =0 if all the necessary functions are differentiable.

  3. Extreme values on a helix Suppose that the partial derivatives of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) at points on the helix 𝑥 =cos⁡𝑡 , 𝑦 =sin⁡𝑡 , z = t are

𝑓𝑥=cos⁡𝑡,𝑓𝑦=sin⁡𝑡,𝑓𝑧=𝑡2+𝑡−2.

At what points on the curve, if any, can 𝑓 take on extreme values? 54. A space curve Let 𝑤 =𝑥2𝑒2𝑦cos⁡3𝑧 . Find the value of 𝑑𝑤/𝑑𝑡 at the point (1,ln⁡2,0) on the curve 𝑥 =cos⁡𝑡,𝑦 =ln⁡(𝑡 +2),𝑧 =𝑡 .

  1. Temperature on a circle Let 𝑇 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) be the temperature at the point (𝑥,𝑦) on the circle 𝑥 =cos⁡𝑡 , 𝑦 =sin⁡𝑡 , 0 ≤𝑡 ≤2𝜋 , and suppose that
𝜕𝑇𝜕𝑥=8𝑥−4𝑦,𝜕𝑇𝜕𝑦=8𝑦−4𝑥.

a. Find where the maximum and minimum temperatures on the circle occur by examining the derivatives 𝑑𝑇/𝑑𝑡 and 𝑑2𝑇/𝑑𝑡2 .

b. Suppose that 𝑇 =4𝑥2 −4𝑥𝑦 +4𝑦2 . Find the maximum and minimum values of T on the circle.

  1. Temperature on an ellipse Let 𝑇 =𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) be the temperature at the point (𝑥,𝑦) on the ellipse
𝑥=2√2cos⁡𝑡,𝑦=√2sin⁡𝑡,0≤𝑡≤2𝜋,

and suppose that

𝜕𝑇𝜕𝑥=𝑦,𝜕𝑇𝜕𝑦=𝑥.

a. Locate the maximum and minimum temperatures on the ellipse by examining dT/dt and 𝑑2𝑇/𝑑𝑡2 .

b. Suppose that 𝑇 =𝑥𝑦 −2 . Find the maximum and minimum values of 𝑇 on the ellipse.

  1. The temperature 𝑇 =𝑇(𝑥,𝑦) in °C at point (𝑥,𝑦) satisfies 𝑇𝑥(1,2) =3 and 𝑇𝑦(1,2) = −1 . If 𝑥 =𝑒2𝑡−2 cm and 𝑦 =2 +ln⁡𝑡 cm, find the rate at which the temperature T changes when t = 1 s.

  2. A bug crawls on the surface 𝑧 =𝑥2 −𝑦2 directly above a path in the xy-plane given by 𝑥 =𝑓(𝑡) and 𝑦 =𝑔(𝑡) . If 𝑓(2) =4 , 𝑓′(2) = −1 , 𝑔(2) = −2 , and 𝑔′(2) = −3 , then at what rate is the bug’s elevation 𝑧 changing when 𝑡 =2 ?

Differentiating Integrals Under mild continuity restrictions, it is true that if

𝐹(𝑥)=∫𝑏𝑎𝑔(𝑡,𝑥)𝑑𝑡,

then 𝐹′(𝑥) =∫𝑏𝑎𝑔𝑥(𝑡,𝑥)𝑑𝑡 . Using this fact and the Chain Rule, we can find the derivative of

𝐹(𝑥)=∫𝑓(𝑥)𝑎𝑔(𝑡,𝑥)𝑑𝑡

by letting

𝐺(𝑢,𝑥)=∫𝑢𝑎𝑔(𝑡,𝑥)𝑑𝑡,

where 𝑢 =𝑓(𝑥) . Find the derivatives of the functions in Exercises 59 and 60.

  1. 𝐹(𝑥) =∫𝑥20√𝑡4+𝑥3𝑑𝑡

  2. 𝐹(𝑥) =∫1𝑥2√𝑡3+𝑥2𝑑𝑡

  3. Water is flowing into a tank in the form of a right-circular cylinder at the rate of (4/5)𝜋 𝑚3/𝑚𝑖𝑛 . The tank is stretching in such a way that even though it remains cylindrical, its radius is increasing at the rate of 0.002 m/min. How fast is the surface of the water rising when the radius is 2 m and the volume of water in the tank is 20𝜋 𝑚3 ?

  4. Suppose 𝑓 is a differentiable function of 𝑥,𝑦 , and 𝑧 and 𝑢 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) . Then if 𝑥 =𝑟sin⁡𝜙cos⁡𝜃,𝑦 =𝑟sin⁡𝜙sin⁡𝜃 , and 𝑧 =𝑟cos⁡𝜙 , express 𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝑟 , 𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝜙 , and 𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝜃 in terms of 𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝑥,𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝑦 , and 𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝑧 .

  5. At a given instant, the length of one leg of a right triangle is 10 m, and it is increasing at the rate of 1 m/min, and the length of the other leg of the right triangle is 12 m, and it is decreasing at the rate of 2 m/min. Find the rate of change of the measure of the acute angle opposite the leg of length 12 m at the given instant.

13.5 Directional Derivatives and Gradient Vectors

教材插图

FIGURE 13.26 Contours within Yosemite National Park in California show streams, which follow paths of steepest descent, running perpendicular to the contours. (Source: Yosemite National Park Map from U.S. Geological Survey, http://www.usgs.gov)

教材插图

FIGURE 13.27 The rate of change of f in the direction of u at a point 𝑃0 is the rate at which f changes along this line at 𝑃0 .

If you look at the map (Figure 13.26) showing contours within Yosemite National Park in California, you will notice that the streams flow perpendicular to the contours. The streams are following paths of steepest descent so the waters reach lower elevations as quickly as possible. Therefore, the fastest instantaneous rate of change in a stream’s elevation above sea level has a particular direction. In this section, you will see why this direction, called the “downhill” direction, is perpendicular to the contours.

Directional Derivatives in the Plane

We know from Section 13.4 that if 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is differentiable, then the rate at which 𝑓 changes with respect to 𝑡 along a differentiable curve 𝑥 =𝑔(𝑡),𝑦 =ℎ(𝑡) is

𝑑𝑓𝑑𝑡=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡.

At any point 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0) =𝑃0(𝑔(𝑡0),ℎ(𝑡0)) , this equation gives the rate of change of f with respect to increasing t and therefore depends, among other things, on the direction of motion along the curve. If the curve is a straight line and t is the arc length parameter along the line measured from 𝑃0 in the direction of a given unit vector u, then df/dt is the rate of change of f with respect to distance in its domain in the direction of u. By varying u, we find the rates at which f changes with respect to distance as we move through 𝑃0 in different directions. We now define this idea more precisely.

Suppose that the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is defined throughout a region R in the xy-plane, that 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0) is a point in R, and that 𝑢 =𝑢1𝑖 +𝑢2𝑗 is a unit vector. Then the equations

𝑥=𝑥0+𝑠𝑢1,𝑦=𝑦0+𝑠𝑢2

parametrize the line through 𝑃0 parallel to u. If the parameter s measures arc length from 𝑃0 in the direction of u, we find the rate of change of f at 𝑃0 in the direction of u by calculating df/ds at 𝑃0 (Figure 13.27).

DEFINITION The derivative of 𝑓 at 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0) in the direction of the unit vector 𝐮 =𝑢1𝐢 +𝑢2𝐣 is the number

(𝑑𝑓𝑑𝑠)𝐮,𝑃0=lim𝑠→0𝑓(𝑥0+𝑠𝑢1,𝑦0+𝑠𝑢2)−𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑠,(1)

provided the limit exists.

The directional derivative defined by Equation (1) is also denoted by

𝐷𝐮𝑓(𝑃0) or 𝐷𝐮𝑓|𝑃0. "The derivative of 𝑓 in the direction of 𝐮, evaluated at 𝑃0

The partial derivatives 𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0) and 𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0) are the directional derivatives of f at 𝑃0 in the i and j directions. This observation can be seen by comparing Equation (1) to the definitions of the two partial derivatives given in Section 13.3.

EXAMPLE 1 Using the definition, find the derivative of

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2+𝑥𝑦

at 𝑃0(1,2) in the direction of the unit vector 𝐮 =(1/√2)𝐢 +(1/√2)𝐣 .

Solution Applying the definition in Equation (1), we obtain

(𝑑𝑓𝑑𝑠)𝐮,𝑃0=lim𝑠→0𝑓(𝑥0+𝑠𝑢1,𝑦0+𝑠𝑢2)−𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑠=lim𝑠→0𝑓(1+𝑠⋅1√2,2+𝑠⋅1√2)−𝑓(1,2)𝑠=lim𝑠→0(1+𝑠√2)2+(1+𝑠√2)(2+𝑠√2)−(12+1⋅2)𝑠=lim𝑠→0(1+2𝑠√2+𝑠22)+(2+3𝑠√2+𝑠22)−3𝑠=lim𝑠→05𝑠√2+𝑠2𝑠=lim𝑠→0(5√2+𝑠)=5√2.(Eq.(1))

The rate of change of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦 at 𝑃0(1,2) in the direction 𝐮 is 5/√2 .

Interpretation of the Directional Derivative

The equation 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) represents a surface S in space. If 𝑧0 =𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0) , then the point 𝑃(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) lies on S. The vertical plane that passes through P and 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0) parallel to u intersects S in a curve C (Figure 13.28). The rate of change of f in the direction of u is the slope of the tangent to C at P in the right-handed system formed by the vectors u and k.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.28 The slope of the trace curve 𝐶 at 𝑃0 is lim𝑄→𝑃 slope (𝑃𝑄) ; this is the directional derivative

(𝑑𝑓𝑑𝑠)𝐮,𝑃0=𝐷𝐮𝑓|𝑃0.

When 𝐮 =𝐢 , the directional derivative at 𝑃0 is 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 evaluated at (𝑥0,𝑦0) . When 𝐮 =𝐣 , the directional derivative at 𝑃0 is 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 evaluated at (𝑥0,𝑦0) . The directional derivative generalizes the two partial derivatives. We can now ask for the rate of change of 𝑓 in any direction 𝐮 , not just in the directions 𝐢 and 𝐣 .

For a physical interpretation of the directional derivative, suppose that 𝑇 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is the temperature at each point (𝑥,𝑦) over a region in the plane. Then 𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0) is the temperature at the point 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0) , and 𝐷𝑢𝑓|𝑃0 is the instantaneous rate of change of the temperature at 𝑃0 stepping off in the direction u.

Calculation and Gradients

We now develop an efficient formula to calculate the directional derivative for a differentiable function f. We begin with the line

𝑥=𝑥0+𝑠𝑢1,𝑦=𝑦0+𝑠𝑢2,(2)

through 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0) , parametrized with the arc length parameter s increasing in the direction of the unit vector 𝑢 =𝑢1𝑖 +𝑢2𝑗 . Then, by the Chain Rule we find

(𝑑𝑓𝑑𝑠)𝐮,𝑃0=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥∣𝑃0𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑠+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦∣𝑃0𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑠 Chain Rule for differentiable 𝑓=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥∣𝑃0𝑢1+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦∣𝑃0𝑢2 From Eqs. (2), 𝑑𝑥/𝑑𝑠=𝑢1 and 𝑑𝑦/𝑑𝑠=𝑢2=[𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥∣𝑃0𝐢+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦∣𝑃0𝐣⏟____⏟____⏟ Gradient of 𝑓 at 𝑃0⋅[𝑢1𝐢+𝑢2𝐣]⏟__⏟__⏟ Direction 𝐮.(3)

Equation (3) says that the derivative of a differentiable function 𝑓 in the direction of 𝐮 at 𝑃0 is the dot product of 𝐮 with a special vector, which we now define.

DEFINITION The gradient vector (or gradient) of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is the vector

∇𝑓=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝐢+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦𝐣.

The value of the gradient vector obtained by evaluating the partial derivatives at a point 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0) is written

∇𝑓|𝑃0 or ∇𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0).

The notation ∇𝑓 is read “grad f” as well as “gradient of f” and “del f.” The symbol ∇ by itself is read “del.” Another notation for the gradient is grad f. Using the gradient notation, we restate Equation (3) as a theorem.

THEOREM 9—The Directional Derivative Is a Dot Product

If 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is differentiable in an open region containing 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0) , then

(𝑑𝑓𝑑𝑠)𝐮,𝑃0=∇𝑓|𝑃0⋅𝐮,(4)

the dot product of the gradient ∇𝑓 at 𝑃0 with the vector 𝐮 . In brief, 𝐷𝐮𝑓 =∇𝑓 ⋅𝐮 .

EXAMPLE 2 Find the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑒𝑦 +cos⁡(𝑥𝑦) at the point (2,0) in the direction of v = 3i - 4j.

Solution Recall that the direction of a vector v is the unit vector obtained by dividing v by its length:

𝐮=𝐯|𝐯|=𝐯5=35𝐢−45𝐣.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.29 Picture ∇𝑓 as a vector in the domain of f. The figure shows a number of level curves of f. The rate at which f changes at (2,0) in the direction u is ∇𝑓 ⋅𝑢 = −1 , which is the component of ∇𝑓 in the direction of unit vector u (Example 2).

The partial derivatives of f are everywhere continuous and at (2,0) are given by

𝑓𝑥(2,0)=(𝑒𝑦−𝑦sin⁡(𝑥𝑦))|(2,0)=𝑒0−0=1 𝑓𝑦(2,0)=(𝑥𝑒𝑦−𝑥sin⁡(𝑥𝑦))|(2,0)=2𝑒0−2⋅0=2.

The gradient of 𝑓 at (2, 0) is

∇𝑓|(2,0)=𝑓𝑥(2,0)𝐢+𝑓𝑦(2,0)𝐣=𝐢+2𝐣

(Figure 13.29). The derivative of 𝑓 at (2, 0) in the direction of 𝐯 is therefore

𝐷𝐮𝑓|(2,0)=∇𝑓|(2,0)⋅𝐮=(𝐢+2𝐣)⋅(35𝐢−45𝐣)=35−85=−1.

Eq. (4) with the 𝐷𝐮𝑓|𝑃0 notation

Evaluating the dot product in the brief version of Equation (4) gives

𝐷𝐮𝑓=∇𝑓⋅𝐮=|∇𝑓||𝐮|cos⁡𝜃=|∇𝑓|cos⁡𝜃,

where 𝜃 is the angle between the vectors u and ∇𝑓 , and reveals the following properties.

Properties of the Directional Derivative 𝐷𝑢𝑓 =∇𝑓 ⋅𝑢 =|∇𝑓|cos⁡𝜃

  1. The function f increases most rapidly when cos⁡𝜃 =1 , which means that 𝜃 =0 and u is the direction of ∇𝑓 . That is, at each point P in its domain, f increases most rapidly in the direction of the gradient vector ∇𝑓 at P. The derivative in this direction is
𝐷𝐮𝑓=|∇𝑓|cos⁡(0)=|∇𝑓|.
  1. Similarly, f decreases most rapidly in the direction of −∇𝑓 . The derivative in this direction is 𝐷𝐮𝑓 =|∇𝑓|cos⁡(𝜋) = −|∇𝑓| .

  2. Any direction 𝐮 orthogonal to a gradient ∇𝑓 ≠0 is a direction of zero change in 𝑓 because 𝜃 then equals 𝜋/2 and

𝐷𝐮𝑓=|∇𝑓|cos⁡(𝜋/2)=|∇𝑓|⋅0=0.

As we discuss later, these properties hold in three dimensions as well as two.

EXAMPLE 3 Find the directions in which 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥2/2) +(𝑦2/2)

(a) increases most rapidly at the point (1,1) , and

(b) decreases most rapidly at (1,1) .

(c) What are the directions of zero change in 𝑓 at (1, 1)?

Solution

(a) The function increases most rapidly in the direction of ∇𝑓 at (1, 1). The gradient there is

∇𝑓|(1,1)=(𝑥𝐢+𝑦𝐣)∣(1,1)=𝐢+𝐣.

Its direction is

𝐮=𝐢+𝐣|𝐢+𝐣|=𝐢+𝐣√(1)2+(1)2=1√2𝐢+1√2𝐣.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.30 The direction in which 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) increases most rapidly at (1, 1) is the direction of ∇𝑓|(1,1) =𝐢 +𝐣 . It corresponds to the direction of steepest ascent on the surface at (1, 1, 1) (Example 3).

教材插图

FIGURE 13.31 When it is nonzero, the gradient of a differentiable function of two variables at a point is always normal to the function’s level curve through that point.

(b) The function decreases most rapidly in the direction of −∇𝑓 at (1,1) , which is

−𝐮=−1√2𝐢−1√2𝐣.

(c) The directions of zero change at (1,1) are the directions orthogonal to ∇𝑓 :

𝐧=−1√2𝐢+1√2𝐣 and −𝐧=1√2𝐢−1√2𝐣.

See Figure 13.30.

Gradients and Tangents to Level Curves

If a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) has a constant value c along a smooth curve 𝐫 =𝑔(𝑡)𝐢 +ℎ(𝑡)𝐣 (making the curve part of a level curve of f), then 𝑓(𝑔(𝑡),ℎ(𝑡)) =𝑐 . Differentiating both sides of this equation with respect to t leads to the equations

𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑓(𝑔(𝑡),ℎ(𝑡))=𝑑𝑑𝑡(𝑐)𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑔𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦𝑑ℎ𝑑𝑡=0(𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝐢+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦𝐣)⏟___⏟___⏟∇𝑓⋅(𝑑𝑔𝑑𝑡𝐢+𝑑ℎ𝑑𝑡𝐣)⏟___⏟___⏟𝑑𝐫𝑑𝑡=0. Chain Rule (5)

Assuming the gradient of f is a nonzero vector, Equation (5) says that ∇𝑓 is normal to the tangent vector dr/dt, so it is normal to the curve. This is seen in Figure 13.31.

At every point (𝑥0,𝑦0) in the domain of a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) where the gradient of f is a nonzero vector, this vector is normal to the level curve through (𝑥0,𝑦0) (Figure 13.31).

Equation (5) validates our observation that streams flow perpendicular to the contours in topographical maps (see Figure 13.26). Since the downflowing stream will reach its destination in the fastest way, it must flow in the direction of the negative gradient vectors from Property 2 for the directional derivative. Equation (5) tells us these directions are perpendicular to the level curves.

This observation also enables us to find equations for tangent lines to level curves. They are the lines normal to the gradients. The line through a point 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0) normal to a nonzero vector 𝑁 =𝐴𝑖 +𝐵𝑗 has the equation

𝐴(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝐵(𝑦−𝑦0)=0

(Exercise 39). If 𝐍 is the gradient ∇𝑓|(𝑥0,𝑦0) =𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝐢 +𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝐣 , and this gradient is not the zero vector, then this equation gives the following formula.

Equation for the Tangent Line to a Level Curve

𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦−𝑦0)=0(6)

EXAMPLE 4 Find an equation for the tangent to the ellipse

𝑥24+𝑦2=2

(Figure 13.32) at the point ( −2,1) .

教材插图

Solution The ellipse is a level curve of the function

FIGURE 13.32 We can find the tangent to the ellipse (𝑥2/4) +𝑦2 =2 by treating the ellipse as a level curve of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥2/4) +𝑦2 (Example 4).

The gradient of 𝑓 at ( −2,1) is

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥24+𝑦2. ∇𝑓|(−2,1)=(𝑥2𝐢+2𝑦𝐣)∣(−2,1)=−𝐢+2𝐣.

Because this gradient vector is nonzero, the tangent to the ellipse at ( −2,1) is the line

(−1)(𝑥+2)+(2)(𝑦−1)=0 Eq. (6) 𝑥−2𝑦=−4. Simplify. 

If we know the gradients of two functions f and g, we automatically know the gradients of their sum, difference, constant multiples, product, and quotient. You are asked to establish the following rules in Exercise 40. Notice that these rules have the same form as the corresponding rules for derivatives of single-variable functions.

Algebra Rules for Gradients

  1. Sum Rule:
∇(𝑓+𝑔)=∇𝑓+∇𝑔
  1. Difference Rule:
∇(𝑓−𝑔)=∇𝑓−∇𝑔
  1. Constant Multiple Rule:

∇(𝑘𝑓) =𝑘∇𝑓 (any number 𝑘 )

  1. Product Rule:
∇(𝑓𝑔)=𝑓∇𝑔+𝑔∇𝑓
  1. Quotient Rule:
∇(𝑓𝑔)=𝑔∇𝑓−𝑓∇𝑔𝑔2}

Scalar multipliers on left of gradients

EXAMPLE 5 We illustrate two of the rules with

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥−𝑦𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)=3𝑦∇𝑓=𝐢−𝐣∇𝑔=3𝐣.

We have

  1. ∇(𝑓 −𝑔) =∇(𝑥 −4𝑦) =𝐢 −4𝐣 =∇𝑓 −∇𝑔

Rule 2

  1. ∇(𝑓𝑔) =∇(3𝑥𝑦 −3𝑦2) =3𝑦𝑖 +(3𝑥 −6𝑦)𝑗

and

𝑓∇𝑔+𝑔∇𝑓=(𝑥−𝑦)3𝐣+3𝑦(𝐢−𝐣)=3𝑦𝐢+(3𝑥−6𝑦)𝐣.

Substitute.

Simplify.

We have therefore verified that for this example, ∇(𝑓𝑔) =𝑓∇𝑔 +𝑔∇𝑓 .

Functions of Three Variables

For a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) and a unit vector 𝐮 =𝑢1𝐢 +𝑢2𝐣 +𝑢3𝐤 in space, we have

∇𝑓=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝐢+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦𝐣+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑧𝐤

and

𝐷𝐮𝑓=∇𝑓⋅𝐮=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑢1+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦𝑢2+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑧𝑢3.

The directional derivative can once again be written in the form

𝐷𝐮𝑓=∇𝑓⋅𝐮=|∇𝑓||𝐮|cos⁡𝜃=|∇𝑓|cos⁡𝜃,

so the properties listed earlier for functions of two variables extend to three variables. At any given point, f increases most rapidly in the direction of ∇𝑓 and decreases most rapidly in the direction of −∇𝑓 . In any direction orthogonal to ∇𝑓 , the derivative is zero.

EXAMPLE 6

(a) Find the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥3 −𝑥𝑦2 −𝑧 at 𝑃0(1,1,0) in the direction of 𝐯 =2𝐢 −3𝐣 +6𝐤 .

(b) In what directions does 𝑓 change most rapidly at 𝑃0 , and what are the rates of change in these directions?

Solution

(a) The direction of v is obtained by dividing v by its length:

|𝐯|=√(2)2+(−3)2+(6)2=√49=7𝐮=𝐯|𝐯|=27𝐢−37𝐣+67𝐤.

The partial derivatives of f at 𝑃0 are

𝑓𝑥=(3𝑥2−𝑦2)∣(1,1,0)=2,𝑓𝑦=−2𝑥𝑦∣(1,1,0)=−2,𝑓𝑧=−1∣(1,1,0)=−1.

The gradient of 𝑓 at 𝑃0 is

∇𝑓|(1,1,0)=2𝐢−2𝐣−𝐤.

The derivative of 𝑓 at 𝑃0 in the direction of 𝐯 is therefore

𝐷𝐮𝑓∣(1,1,0)=∇𝑓|(1,1,0)⋅𝐮=(2𝐢−2𝐣−𝐤)⋅(27𝐢−37𝐣+67𝐤)=47+67−67=47.

(b) The function increases most rapidly in the direction of ∇𝑓 =2𝑖 −2𝑗 −𝑘 and decreases most rapidly in the direction of −∇𝑓 . The rates of change in the directions are, respectively,

|∇𝑓|=√(2)2+(−2)2+(−1)2=√9=3 and −|∇𝑓|=−3.

Functions of More Than Three Variables

The gradient of a differentiable function of n variables 𝑓(𝑥1,𝑥2,…,𝑥𝑛) is

∇𝑓=⟨𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥1,𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥2,…,𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑛⟩.

If 𝑢 =⟨𝑢1,𝑢2,…,𝑢𝑛⟩ is an n-dimensional vector such that 𝑢21 +𝑢22 +⋯ +𝑢2𝑛 =1 (so u is a unit vector since |𝑢| =√𝑢21+𝑢22+⋯+𝑢2𝑛 =1 ), then the directional derivative of f in the direction of u is

𝐷𝑢𝑓=∇𝑓⋅𝐮=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥1𝑢1+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥2𝑢2+⋯+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑛𝑢𝑛.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.33 A tetrahedron on top of a triangular prism (Example 7).

EXAMPLE 7 The volume of the solid shown in Figure 13.33 consisting of a tetrahedron on top of a triangular prism is given by 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑤) =𝑥𝑦2(𝑧 +𝑤3) .

(a) Calculate the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑤) at the point 𝑃0(6,5,8,4) in the direction of 𝑣 =⟨1, −1, −1,1⟩ .

(b) What is the geometric significance of the value obtained in part (a)?

Solution

(a) The direction of v is the unit vector

𝐮=1|𝐯|𝐯=1√12+(−1)2+(−1)2+12⟨1,−1,−1,1⟩=12⟨1,−1,−1,1⟩=⟨12,−12,−12,12⟩.

The four partial derivatives of 𝑓 at the point 𝑃0 are

𝑓𝑥=𝑦2(𝑧+𝑤3)∣(6,5,8,4)=703, 𝑓𝑦=𝑥2(𝑧+𝑤3)∣(6,5,8,4)=28, 𝑓𝑧=𝑥𝑦2∣(6,5,8,4)=15, 𝑓𝑤=𝑥𝑦6∣(6,5,8,4)=5.

The gradient of 𝑓 at 𝑃0 is

∇𝑓|(6,5,8,4)=⟨703,28,15,5⟩.

The derivative of f at (6,5,8,4) in the direction of v is

𝐷𝐮𝑓|𝑃0=∇𝑓|𝑃0⋅𝐮=⟨703,28,15,5⟩⋅⟨12,−12,−12,12⟩=(703)(12)+(28)(−12)+(15)(−12)+(5)(12)=−223.

(b) Geometrically, this means that if the dimensions are 𝑥 =6 , 𝑦 =5 , 𝑧 =8 , and 𝑤 =4 , and the dimensions are changed by moving at unit speed so that 𝑥 and 𝑤 increase at the same rate while both 𝑦 and 𝑧 decrease at that rate, then the volume of the solid decreases at the rate of 71/3.

The Chain Rule for Paths

If 𝐫(𝑡) =𝑥(𝑡)𝐢 +𝑦(𝑡)𝐣 +𝑧(𝑡)𝐤 is a smooth path C, and 𝑤 =𝑓(𝐫(𝑡)) is a scalar function evaluated along C, then according to the Chain Rule, Theorem 6 in Section 13.4,

𝑑𝑤𝑑𝑡=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧𝑑𝑧𝑑𝑡.

The partial derivatives on the right-hand side of the above equation are evaluated along the curve 𝐫(𝑡) , and the derivatives of the intermediate variables are evaluated at t. If we express this equation using vector notation, we have

The Derivative Along a Path

𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑓(𝐫(𝑡))=∇𝑓(𝐫(𝑡))⋅𝐫′(𝑡).(7)

What Equation (7) says is that the derivative of the composite function 𝑓(𝐫(𝑡)) is the “derivative” (gradient) of the outside function f, evaluated at 𝐫(𝑡) , “times” (dot product) the derivative of the inside function r. This is analogous to the “Outside-Inside” Rule for derivatives of composite functions studied in Section 3.6. That is, the multivariable Chain Rule for paths has exactly the same form as the rule for single-variable differential calculus when appropriate interpretations are given to the meanings of the terms and operations involved.

EXERCISES 13.5

Calculating Gradients

In Exercises 1–6, find the gradient of the function at the given point. Then sketch the gradient, together with the level curve that passes through the point.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦 −𝑥, (2,1)

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2) ,

(1,1)

  1. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦2 , (2, −1)

  2. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥22 −𝑦22,(√2,1)

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√2𝑥+3𝑦,( −1,2)

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =tan−1⁡√𝑥𝑦,(4, −2)

In Exercises 7–10, find ∇𝑓 at the given point.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 −2𝑧2 +𝑧ln⁡𝑥, (1,1,1)

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =2𝑧3 −3(𝑥2 +𝑦2)𝑧 +arctan⁡𝑥𝑧, (1,1,1)

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =(𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2)−1/2 +ln⁡(𝑥𝑦𝑧),( −1,2, −2)

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑒𝑥+𝑦cos⁡𝑧 +(𝑦 +1)arcsin⁡𝑥, (0,0,𝜋/6)

Finding Directional Derivatives

In Exercises 11–18, find the derivative of the function at 𝑃0 in the direction of v.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥𝑦 −3𝑦2,𝑃0(5,5),𝐯 =4𝐢 +3𝐣

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥2 +𝑦2, 𝑃0( −1,1), 𝐯 =3𝐢 −4𝐣

  3. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥−𝑦𝑥𝑦+2,𝑃0(1, −1),𝐯 =12𝐢 +5𝐣

  4. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦) =arctan⁡(𝑦/𝑥) +√3arcsin⁡(𝑥𝑦/2),𝑃0(1,1), 𝐯 =3𝐢 −2𝐣

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦 +𝑦𝑧 +𝑧𝑥, 𝑃0(1, −1,2), 𝐯 =3𝐢 +6𝐣 −2𝐤

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +2𝑦2 −3𝑧2,𝑃0(1,1,1),𝐯 =𝐢 +𝐣 +𝐤

  7. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =3𝑒𝑥cos⁡𝑦𝑧,𝑃0(0,0,0),𝐯 =2𝐢 +𝐣 −2𝐤

  8. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =cos⁡𝑥𝑦 +𝑒𝑦𝑧 +ln⁡𝑧𝑥, 𝑃0(1,0,1/2),

In Exercises 19–24, find the directions in which the functions increase most rapidly, and the directions in which they decrease most rapidly, at 𝑃0 . Then find the derivatives of the functions in these directions.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2,𝑃0( −1,1)

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2𝑦 +𝑒𝑥𝑦sin⁡𝑦,𝑃0(1,0)

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =(𝑥/𝑦) −𝑦𝑧,𝑃0(4,1,1)

  4. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑒𝑦 +𝑧2,𝑃0(1,ln⁡2,1/2)

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =ln⁡𝑥𝑦 +ln⁡𝑦𝑧 +ln⁡𝑥𝑧, 𝑃0(1,1,1)

  6. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =ln⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2 −1) +𝑦 +6𝑧,𝑃0(1,1,0)

Tangent Lines to Level Curves

In Exercises 25–28, sketch the curve 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑐 , together with ∇𝑓 and the tangent line at the given point. Then write an equation for the tangent line.

  1. 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =4 , (√2,√2)

  2. 𝑥2 −𝑦 =1 , (√2,1)

  3. 𝑥𝑦 = −4,(2, −2)

  4. 𝑥2 −𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 =7,( −1,2)

Theory and Examples

  1. Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 −𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 −𝑦 . Find the directions 𝐮 and the values of 𝐷𝐮𝑓(1, −1) for which
    a. 𝐷𝐮𝑓(1, −1) is largest b. 𝐷𝐮𝑓(1, −1) is smallest
    c. 𝐷𝐮𝑓(1, −1) =0 d. 𝐷𝐮𝑓(1, −1) =4 e. 𝐷𝐮𝑓(1, −1) = −3

  2. Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥−𝑦)(𝑥+𝑦) . Find the directions 𝐮 and the values of 𝐷𝐮𝑓(−12,32) for which
    a. 𝐷𝐮𝑓(−12,32) is largest
    b. 𝐷𝐮𝑓(−12,32) is smallest
    c. 𝐷𝐮𝑓(−12,32) =0 d. 𝐷𝐮𝑓(−12,32) = −2 e. 𝐷𝐮𝑓(−12,32) =1

  3. Zero directional derivative In what direction is the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 at 𝑃(3,2) equal to zero?

  4. Zero directional derivative In what directions is the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥2 −𝑦2)/(𝑥2 +𝑦2) at 𝑃(1,1) equal to zero?

  5. Is there a direction 𝐮 in which the rate of change of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 −3𝑥𝑦 +4𝑦2 at 𝑃(1,2) equals 14? Give reasons for your answer.

  6. Changing temperature along a circle Is there a direction u in which the rate of change of the temperature function 𝑇(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =2𝑥𝑦 −𝑦𝑧 (temperature in degrees Celsius, distance in meters) at 𝑃(1, −1,1) is −3∘𝐶/𝑚 ? Give reasons for your answer.

  7. The derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at 𝑃0(1,2) in the direction of 𝐢 +𝐣 is 2√2 and in the direction of −2𝐣 is −3 . What is the derivative of 𝑓 in the direction of −𝐢 −2𝐣 ? Give reasons for your answer.

  8. The derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) at a point P is greatest in the direction of 𝑣 =𝑖 +𝑗 −𝑘 . In this direction, the value of the derivative is 2√3 .

a. What is ∇𝑓 at 𝑃 ? Give reasons for your answer.

b. What is the derivative of 𝑓 at 𝑃 in the direction of 𝐢 +𝐣 ?

  1. Directional derivatives and scalar components How is the derivative of a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) at a point 𝑃0 in the direction of a unit vector 𝐮 related to the scalar component of ∇𝑓|𝑃0 in the direction of 𝐮 ? Give reasons for your answer.

  2. Directional derivatives and partial derivatives Assuming that the necessary derivatives of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) are defined, how are 𝐷𝑖𝑓,𝐷𝑗𝑓 , and 𝐷𝑘𝑓 related to 𝑓𝑥,𝑓𝑦 , and 𝑓𝑧 ? Give reasons for your answer.

  3. Lines in the xy-plane Show that 𝐴(𝑥 −𝑥0) +𝐵(𝑦 −𝑦0) =0 is an equation for the line in the xy-plane through the point (𝑥0,𝑦0) normal to the vector 𝑁 =𝐴𝑖 +𝐵𝑗 .

  4. The algebra rules for gradients Given a constant 𝑘 and the gradients

∇𝑓=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝐢+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦𝐣+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑧𝐤, ∇𝑔=𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑥𝐢+𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑦𝐣+𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑧𝐤,

establish the algebra rules for gradients.

In Exercises 41–44, find a parametric equation for the line that is perpendicular to the graph of the given equation at the given point.

  1. 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =25,( −3,4)

  2. 𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 =3, (2, −1)

  3. 𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 =14, (3, −2,1)

  4. 𝑧 =𝑥3 −𝑥𝑦2,( −1,1,0)

Gradients and Directional Derivatives for Functions of More Than Three Variables

In Exercises 45–48, find ∇𝑓 at the given point.

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑤)=𝑥√𝑦𝑤−𝑥2𝑧3,(2,4,−1,3) 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑤)=𝑥3sin⁡𝑦+𝑤2cos⁡𝑧,(−2,𝜋,0,3) 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑠,𝑡)=𝑒𝑦ln⁡𝑠+𝑥2𝑡tan⁡𝑧,(3,0,𝜋4,𝑒,5) 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑠,𝑡)=(𝑥2+𝑦2)arctan⁡𝑡𝑧2𝑠,(−2,1,−1,2,1)

In Exercises 49–52, find the derivative of the function at 𝑃0 in the direction of v.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑤) =𝑤ln⁡𝑥𝑦2𝑧3, 𝑃0(𝑒2, −2,1, −3), 𝐯 =⟨ −1,2, −2,4⟩
𝟓𝟎.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑤)=(𝑥−𝑦)2+𝑒𝑧−𝑤,𝑃0(4,2,3,1),𝐯=⟨1,0,−2,2⟩ 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑠,𝑡)=𝑠arcsin⁡(𝑥+𝑦)−𝑡2arctan⁡(𝑥−𝑧), 𝑃0(0,12,−1,1,−1),𝐯=⟨−1,1,0,3,5⟩  52. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑠,𝑡)=sin⁡𝑡𝑥+cos⁡𝑠𝑦−𝑠𝑡𝑧,𝑃0(𝜋4,𝜋6,2,5,1),𝐯=⟨−3,2,−2,2,2⟩

13.6 Tangent Planes and Differentials

教材插图

FIGURE 13.34 The gradient ∇𝑓 is orthogonal to the velocity vector of every smooth curve in the surface through 𝑃0 . The velocity vectors at 𝑃0 therefore lie in a common plane, which we call the tangent plane at 𝑃0 .

In single-variable differential calculus, we saw how the derivative defined the tangent line to the graph of a differentiable function at a point on the graph. The tangent line then provided for a linearization of the function at the point. In this section, we will see analogously how the gradient defines the tangent plane to the level surface of a function 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) at a point on the surface. The tangent plane then provides for a linearization of f at the point and defines the total differential of the function.

Tangent Planes and Normal Lines

If 𝐫(𝑡) =𝑥(𝑡)𝐢 +𝑦(𝑡)𝐣 +𝑧(𝑡)𝐤 is a smooth curve on the level surface 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑐 of a differentiable function f, we found in Equation (7) of the last section that

𝑑𝑑𝑡𝑓(𝐫(𝑡))=∇𝑓(𝐫(𝑡))⋅𝐫′(𝑡).

Since 𝑓 is constant along the curve 𝐫 , the derivative on the left-hand side of the equation is 0, so the gradient ∇𝑓 is orthogonal to the curve’s velocity vector 𝐫′ .

Now let us restrict our attention to the curves that pass through a point 𝑃0 (Figure 13.34). All the velocity vectors at 𝑃0 are orthogonal to ∇𝑓 at 𝑃0 , so the curves’ tangent lines all lie in the plane through 𝑃0 normal to ∇𝑓 . (assuming it is a nonzero vector). We now define this plane.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.35 The tangent plane and normal line to this level surface at 𝑃0 (Example 1).

DEFINITIONS The tangent plane to the level surface 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑐 of a differentiable function f at a point 𝑃0 where the gradient is not zero is the plane through 𝑃0 normal to ∇𝑓|𝑃0 .

The normal line of the surface at 𝑃0 is the line through 𝑃0 parallel to ∇𝑓|𝑃0 .

The results of Section 11.5 imply that the tangent plane and normal line satisfy the following equations, as long as the gradient at the point 𝑃0 is not the zero vector.

Tangent Plane to 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑐 at 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0)

𝑓𝑥(𝑃0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑃0)(𝑦−𝑦0)+𝑓𝑧(𝑃0)(𝑧−𝑧0)=0(1)

Normal Line to 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑐 at 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0)

𝑥=𝑥0+𝑓𝑥(𝑃0)𝑡,𝑦=𝑦0+𝑓𝑦(𝑃0)𝑡,𝑧=𝑧0+𝑓𝑧(𝑃0)𝑡(2)

EXAMPLE 1 Find the tangent plane and normal line of the level surface

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧−9=0 A circular paraboloid 

at the point 𝑃0(1,2,4) .

Solution The surface is shown in Figure 13.35.

The tangent plane is the plane through 𝑃0 perpendicular to the gradient of 𝑓 at 𝑃0 . The gradient is

∇𝑓|𝑃0=(2𝑥𝐢+2𝑦𝐣+𝐤)∣(1,2,4)=2𝐢+4𝐣+𝐤.

The tangent plane is therefore the plane

2(𝑥−1)+4(𝑦−2)+(𝑧−4)=0, or 2𝑥+4𝑦+𝑧=14.

The line normal to the surface at 𝑃0 is

𝑥=1+2𝑡,𝑦=2+4𝑡,𝑧=4+𝑡.

To find an equation for the plane tangent to a smooth surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at a point 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) where 𝑧0 =𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0) , we first observe that the equation 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is equivalent to 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) −𝑧 =0 . The surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is therefore the zero level surface of the function 𝐹(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) −𝑧 . The partial derivatives of 𝐹 are

𝐹𝑥=𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)−𝑧)=𝑓𝑥−0=𝑓𝑥 𝐹𝑦=𝜕𝜕𝑦(𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)−𝑧)=𝑓𝑦−0=𝑓𝑦 𝐹𝑧=𝜕𝜕𝑧(𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)−𝑧)=0−1=−1.

The formula

𝐹𝑥(𝑃0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝐹𝑦(𝑃0)(𝑦−𝑦0)+𝐹𝑧(𝑃0)(𝑧−𝑧0)=0

for the plane tangent to the level surface at 𝑃0 therefore reduces to

𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦−𝑦0)−(𝑧−𝑧0)=0.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.36 This cylinder and plane intersect in an ellipse E (Example 3).

Plane Tangent to a Surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at (𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)) . The plane tangent to the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) of a differentiable function 𝑓 at the point 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) =(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)) is 𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥 −𝑥0) +𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦 −𝑦0) −(𝑧 −𝑧0) =0. (3)

EXAMPLE 2 Find the plane tangent to the surface 𝑧 =𝑥cos⁡𝑦 −𝑦𝑒𝑥 at (0,0,0) .

Solution We calculate the partial derivatives of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥cos⁡𝑦 −𝑦𝑒𝑥 and use Equation (3):

𝑓𝑥(0,0)=(cos⁡𝑦−𝑦𝑒𝑥)∣(0,0)=1−0⋅1=1 𝑓𝑦(0,0)=(−𝑥sin⁡𝑦−𝑒𝑥)∣(0,0)=0−1=−1.

The tangent plane is therefore

1⋅(𝑥−0)−1⋅(𝑦−0)−(𝑧−0)=0, Eq. (3)

or

𝑥−𝑦−𝑧=0.

EXAMPLE 3 The surfaces

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2+𝑦2−2=0 A cylinder 

and

𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥+𝑧−4=0 A plane 

meet in an ellipse E (Figure 13.36). Find parametric equations for the line tangent to E at the point 𝑃0(1,1,3) .

Solution The tangent line is orthogonal to both ∇𝑓 and ∇𝑔 at 𝑃0 , and therefore parallel to 𝑣 =∇𝑓 ×∇𝑔 . The components of v and the coordinates of 𝑃0 give us equations for the line. We have

∇𝑓|(1,1,3)=(2𝑥𝐢+2𝑦𝐣)∣(1,1,3)=2𝐢+2𝐣 ∇𝑔∣(1,1,3)=(𝐢+𝐤)∣(1,1,3)=𝐢+𝐤 𝐯=(2𝐢+2𝐣)×(𝐢+𝐤)=∣ ∣ ∣ ∣𝐢𝐣𝐤220101∣ ∣ ∣ ∣=2𝐢−2𝐣−2𝐤.

The tangent line to the ellipse of intersection is

𝑥=1+2𝑡,𝑦=1−2𝑡,𝑧=3−2𝑡.

Estimating Change in a Specific Direction

The directional derivative plays a role similar to that of an ordinary derivative when we want to estimate how much the value of a function f changes if we move a small distance ds from a point 𝑃0 to another point nearby. If f were a function of a single variable, we would have

𝑑𝑓=𝑓′(𝑃0)𝑑𝑠. Ordinary derivative × increment 

For a function of two or more variables, we use the formula

𝑑𝑓=(∇𝑓∣𝑃0⋅𝐮)𝑑𝑠,

Directional derivative × increment

where u is the direction of the motion away from 𝑃0 .

Estimating the Change in f in a Direction u

To estimate the change in the value of a differentiable function f when we move a small distance ds from a point 𝑃0 in a particular direction u, use this formula:

教材插图

EXAMPLE 4 Estimate how much the value of

𝑑𝑓=(∇𝑓|𝑃0⋅𝐮)⏟__⏟__⏟Directionalderivative𝑑𝑠⏟Distanceincrement

FIGURE 13.37 As 𝑃(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) moves off the level surface at 𝑃0 by 0.1 unit directly toward 𝑃1 , the function f changes value by approximately -0.067 unit (Example 4).

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑦sin⁡𝑥+2𝑦𝑧

will change if the point 𝑃(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) moves 0.1 unit from 𝑃0(0,1,0) straight toward 𝑃1(2,2, −2) .

Solution We first find the derivative of 𝑓 at 𝑃0 in the direction of the vector ――――𝑃0𝑃1 =2𝐢 +𝐣 −2𝐤 . The direction of this vector is

𝐮=←←←←←←←←→𝑃0𝑃1|←←←←←←←←→𝑃0𝑃1|=←←←←←←←←→𝑃0𝑃13=23𝐢+13𝐣−23𝐤.

The gradient of 𝑓 at 𝑃0 is

∇𝑓|(0,1,0)=((𝑦cos⁡𝑥)𝐢+(sin⁡𝑥+2𝑧)𝐣+2𝑦𝐤)∣(0,1,0)=𝐢+2𝐤.

Therefore,

∇𝑓|𝑃0⋅𝐮=(𝐢+2𝐤)⋅(23𝐢+13𝐣−23𝐤)=23−43=−23.

The change df in f that results from moving ds = 0.1 unit away from 𝑃0 in the direction of u is approximately

𝑑𝑓=(∇𝑓|𝑃0⋅𝐮)(𝑑𝑠)=(−23)(0.1)≈−0.067 unit. 

See Figure 13.37.

How to Linearize a Function of Two Variables

Functions of two variables can be quite complicated, and we sometimes need to approximate them with simpler ones that give the accuracy required for specific applications without being so difficult to work with. We do this in a way that is similar to the way we find linear replacements for functions of a single variable (Section 3.11).

教材插图

FIGURE 13.38 If f is differentiable at (𝑥0,𝑦0) , then the value of f at point (𝑥,𝑦) nearby is approximately 𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0) +𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)Δ𝑥 +𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)Δ𝑦 .

教材插图

FIGURE 13.39 The tangent plane 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) represents the linearization of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) in Example 5.

Suppose the function we wish to approximate is 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) near a point (𝑥0,𝑦0) at which we know the values of 𝑓,𝑓𝑥 , and 𝑓𝑦 and at which f is differentiable. If we move from (𝑥0,𝑦0) to a nearby point (𝑥,𝑦) by increments Δ𝑥 =𝑥 −𝑥0 and Δ𝑦 =𝑦 −𝑦0 (see Figure 13.38), then the definition of differentiability from Section 13.3 shows that the change

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)−𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)=𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)Δ𝑥+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)Δ𝑦+𝜀1Δ𝑥+𝜀2Δ𝑦,

where 𝜀1,𝜀2 →0 as Δ𝑥,Δ𝑦 →0 . If the increments Δ𝑥 and Δ𝑦 are small, the products 𝜀1Δ𝑥 and 𝜀2Δ𝑦 will eventually be smaller still, and we have the approximation

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)≈𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)+𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦−𝑦0)⏟___________⏟___________⏟𝐿(𝑥,𝑦).

In other words, as long as Δ𝑥 and Δ𝑦 are small, 𝑓 will have approximately the same value as the linear function 𝐿 .

DEFINITIONS The linearization of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at a point (𝑥0,𝑦0) where 𝑓 is differentiable is the function

𝐿(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)+𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦−𝑦0).

The approximation

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)≈𝐿(𝑥,𝑦)

is the standard linear approximation of 𝑓 at (𝑥0,𝑦0) .

From Equation (3), we find that the plane 𝑧 =𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) is tangent to the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at the point (𝑥0,𝑦0) . Thus, the linearization of a function of two variables is a tangent-plane approximation in the same way that the linearization of a function of a single variable is a tangent-line approximation. (See Exercise 57.)

EXAMPLE 5 Find the linearization of

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2−𝑥𝑦+12𝑦2+3

at the point (3, 2).

Solution We first evaluate 𝑓,𝑓𝑥 , and 𝑓𝑦 at the point (𝑥0,𝑦0) =(3,2) :

𝑓(3,2)=(𝑥2−𝑥𝑦+12𝑦2+3)∣(3,2)=8 𝑓𝑥(3,2)=𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝑥2−𝑥𝑦+12𝑦2+3)∣(3,2)=(2𝑥−𝑦)∣(3,2)=4 𝑓𝑦(3,2)=𝜕𝜕𝑦(𝑥2−𝑥𝑦+12𝑦2+3)∣(3,2)=(−𝑥+𝑦)∣(3,2)=−1,

which yields

𝐿(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)+𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦−𝑦0)=8+(4)(𝑥−3)+(−1)(𝑦−2)=4𝑥−𝑦−2.

The linearization of 𝑓 at (3, 2) is 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) =4𝑥 −𝑦 −2 (see Figure 13.39).

教材插图

FIGURE 13.40 The rectangular region 𝑅 : |𝑥 −𝑥0| ≤ℎ,|𝑦 −𝑦0| ≤𝑘 in the xy-plane.

When we approximate a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) by its linearization 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) at (𝑥0,𝑦0) , an important question is how accurate the approximation might be.

If we can find a common upper bound M for |𝑓𝑥𝑥| , |𝑓𝑦𝑦| , and |𝑓𝑥𝑦| on a rectangle R centered at (𝑥0,𝑦0) (Figure 13.40), then we can bound the error E throughout R by using a simple formula. The error is defined by 𝐸(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) −𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) .

The Error in the Standard Linear Approximation

If 𝑓 has continuous first and second partial derivatives throughout an open set containing a rectangle 𝑅 centered at (𝑥0,𝑦0) , and if 𝑀 is any upper bound for the values of |𝑓𝑥𝑥|,|𝑓𝑦𝑦| , and |𝑓𝑥𝑦| on 𝑅 , then the error 𝐸(𝑥,𝑦) incurred in replacing 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) on 𝑅 by its linearization

𝐿(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)+𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦−𝑦0)

satisfies the inequality

|𝐸(𝑥,𝑦)|≤12𝑀(|𝑥−𝑥0|+|𝑦−𝑦0|)2.

To make |𝐸(𝑥,𝑦)| small for a given 𝑀 , we just make |𝑥 −𝑥0| and |𝑦 −𝑦0| small.

Differentials

Recall from Section 3.11 that for a function of a single variable, 𝑦 =𝑓(𝑥) , we defined the change in f as x changes from a to 𝑎 +Δ𝑥 by

Δ𝑓=𝑓(𝑎+Δ𝑥)−𝑓(𝑎)

and the differential of 𝑓 as

𝑑𝑓=𝑓′(𝑎)Δ𝑥.

We now consider the differential of a function of two variables.

Suppose a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) and its partial derivatives exist at a point (𝑥0,𝑦0) . If we move to a nearby point (𝑥0 +Δ𝑥,𝑦0 +Δ𝑦) , the change in f is

Δ𝑓=𝑓(𝑥0+Δ𝑥,𝑦0+Δ𝑦)−𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0).

A straightforward calculation based on the definition of 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) , using the notation 𝑥 −𝑥0 =Δ𝑥 and 𝑦 −𝑦0 =Δ𝑦 , shows that the corresponding change in 𝐿 is

Δ𝐿=𝐿(𝑥0+Δ𝑥,𝑦0+Δ𝑦)−𝐿(𝑥0,𝑦0)=𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)Δ𝑥+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)Δ𝑦.

The differentials dx and dy are independent variables, so they can be assigned any values. Often we take 𝑑𝑥 =Δ𝑥 =𝑥 −𝑥0 , and 𝑑𝑦 =Δ𝑦 =𝑦 −𝑦0 . We then have the following definition of the differential or total differential of f.

DEFINITION If we move from (𝑥0,𝑦0) to a point (𝑥0 +𝑑𝑥,𝑦0 +𝑑𝑦) nearby, the resulting change

𝑑𝑓=𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑑𝑥+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝑑𝑦

in the linearization of f is called the total differential of f.

教材插图

EXAMPLE 6 Suppose that a cylindrical can is designed to have a radius of 1 cm and a height of 5 cm, but that the radius and height are off by the amounts dr = +0.03 and dh = -0.1. Estimate the resulting absolute change in the volume of the can.

Solution To estimate the absolute change in 𝑉 =𝜋𝑟2ℎ , we use

Δ𝑉≈𝑑𝑉=𝑉𝑟(𝑟0,ℎ0)𝑑𝑟+𝑉ℎ(𝑟0,ℎ0)𝑑ℎ.

With 𝑉𝑟 =2𝜋𝑟ℎ and 𝑉ℎ =𝜋𝑟2 , we get

𝑑𝑉=2𝜋𝑟0ℎ0𝑑𝑟+𝜋𝑟20𝑑ℎ=2𝜋(1)(5)(0.03)+𝜋(1)2(−0.1)=0.3𝜋−0.1𝜋=0.2𝜋≈0.63cm3.

EXAMPLE 7 Your company manufactures stainless steel right circular cylindrical molasses storage tanks that are 2.5 m high with a radius of 0.5 m. How sensitive are the tanks’ volumes to small variations in height and radius?

Solution With 𝑉 =𝜋𝑟2ℎ , the total differential gives the approximation for the change in volume as

FIGURE 13.41 The volume of cylinder (a) is more sensitive to a small change in r than it is to an equally small change in h. The volume of cylinder (b) is more sensitive to small changes in h than it is to small changes in r (Example 7).

𝑑𝑉=𝑉𝑟(0.5,2.5)𝑑𝑟+𝑉ℎ(0.5,2.5)𝑑ℎ=(2𝜋𝑟ℎ)∣(0.5,2.5)𝑑𝑟+(𝜋𝑟2)∣(0.5,2.5)𝑑ℎ=2.5𝜋𝑑𝑟+0.25𝜋𝑑ℎ.

Thus, a 1-unit change in 𝑟 will change 𝑉 by about 2.5𝜋 units. A 1-unit change in ℎ will change 𝑉 by about 0.25𝜋 units. The tank’s volume is 10 times more sensitive to a small change in 𝑟 than it is to a small change of equal size in ℎ . As a quality control engineer concerned with being sure the tanks have the correct volume, you would want to pay special attention to their radii.

In contrast, if the values of 𝑟 and ℎ are reversed to make 𝑟 =2.5 and ℎ =0.5 , then the total differential in 𝑉 becomes

𝑑𝑉=(2𝜋𝑟ℎ)∣(2.5,0.5)𝑑𝑟+(𝜋𝑟2)∣(2.5,0.5)𝑑ℎ=2.5𝜋𝑑𝑟+6.25𝜋𝑑ℎ.

Now the volume is more sensitive to changes in h than to changes in r (Figure 13.41).

The general rule is that functions are most sensitive to small changes in the variables that generate the largest partial derivatives.

Functions of More Than Two Variables

Analogous results hold for differentiable functions of more than two variables.

  1. The linearization of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) at a point 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) is
𝐿(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑓(𝑃0)+𝑓𝑥(𝑃0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑃0)(𝑦−𝑦0)+𝑓𝑧(𝑃0)(𝑧−𝑧0).
  1. Suppose that 𝑅 is a closed rectangular solid centered at 𝑃0 and lying in an open region on which the second partial derivatives of 𝑓 are continuous. Suppose also that |𝑓𝑥𝑥|,|𝑓𝑦𝑦|,|𝑓𝑧𝑧|,|𝑓𝑥𝑦|,|𝑓𝑥𝑧| , and |𝑓𝑦𝑧| are all less than or equal to 𝑀 throughout 𝑅 . Then the error 𝐸(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) −𝐿(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) in the approximation of 𝑓 by 𝐿 is bounded throughout 𝑅 by the inequality
|𝐸|≤12𝑀(|𝑥−𝑥0|+|𝑦−𝑦0|+|𝑧−𝑧0|)2.
  1. If the second partial derivatives of 𝑓 are continuous and if 𝑥,𝑦, and 𝑧 change from 𝑥0,𝑦0 , and 𝑧0 by small amounts 𝑑𝑥,𝑑𝑦 , and 𝑑𝑧 , the total differential
𝑑𝑓=𝑓𝑥(𝑃0)𝑑𝑥+𝑓𝑦(𝑃0)𝑑𝑦+𝑓𝑧(𝑃0)𝑑𝑧

gives a good approximation of the resulting change in f.

EXAMPLE 8 Find the linearization 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) of

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2−𝑥𝑦+3sin⁡𝑧

at the point (𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) =(2,1,0) . Find an upper bound for the error incurred in replacing f by L on the rectangular region

𝑅:|𝑥−2|≤0.01,|𝑦−1|≤0.02,|𝑧|≤0.01.

Solution Routine calculations give

𝑓(2,1,0)=2,𝑓𝑥(2,1,0)=3,𝑓𝑦(2,1,0)=−2,𝑓𝑧(2,1,0)=3.

Thus,

𝐿(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=2+3(𝑥−2)+(−2)(𝑦−1)+3(𝑧−0)=3𝑥−2𝑦+3𝑧−2.

Since

𝑓𝑥𝑥=2,𝑓𝑦𝑦=0,𝑓𝑧𝑧=−3sin⁡𝑧,𝑓𝑥𝑦=−1,𝑓𝑥𝑧=0,𝑓𝑦𝑧=0,

and | −3sin⁡𝑧| ≤3sin⁡0.01 ≈0.03 , we may take 𝑀 =2 as a bound on the second partials. Hence, the error incurred by replacing 𝑓 by 𝐿 on 𝑅 satisfies

|𝐸|≤12(2)(0.01+0.02+0.01)2=0.0016.

EXERCISES 13.6

Tangent Planes and Normal Lines to Surfaces In Exercises 1–10, find equations for the

(a) tangent plane and

(b) normal line at the point 𝑃0 on the given surface.

𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2=3,𝑃0(1,1,1)
  1. 𝑥2 +𝑦2 −𝑧2 =18, 𝑃0(3,5, −4)

  2. 2𝑧 −𝑥2 =0,𝑃0(2,0,2)

  3. 𝑥2 +2𝑥𝑦 −𝑦2 +𝑧2 =7, 𝑃0(1, −1,3)

  4. cos⁡𝜋𝑥 −𝑥2𝑦 +𝑒𝑥𝑧 +𝑦𝑧 =4, 𝑃0(0,1,2)

𝑥2−𝑥𝑦−𝑦2−𝑧=0,𝑃0(1,1,−1)7.$$𝑥+𝑦+𝑧=1,𝑃0(0,1,0)$$𝑥2+𝑦2−2𝑥𝑦−𝑥+3𝑦−𝑧=−4,𝑃0(2,−3,18)
  1. 𝑥ln⁡𝑦 +𝑦ln⁡𝑧 =𝑥, 𝑃0(1,1,𝑒)

  2. 𝑦𝑒𝑥 +𝑧𝑒𝑦2 =𝑧,𝑃0(0,0,1)

In Exercises 11–14, find an equation for the plane that is tangent to the given surface at the given point.

  1. 𝑧 =ln⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2),(1,0,0)

  2. 𝑧 =𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2),(0,0,1)

  3. 𝑧 =√𝑦−𝑥 , (1,2,1)

  4. 𝑧 =4𝑥2 +𝑦2,(1,1,5)

Tangent Lines to Intersecting Surfaces

In Exercises 15–20, find parametric equations for the line tangent to the curve of intersection of the surfaces at the given point.

𝑥+𝑦2+2𝑧=4,𝑥=1
  1. Surfaces: 𝑥𝑦𝑧 =1 , 𝑥2 +2𝑦2 +3𝑧2 =6 Point: (1,1,1)

  2. Surfaces: 𝑥2 +2𝑦 +2𝑧 =4 , 𝑦 =1 Point: (1,1,1/2)

  3. Surfaces: 𝑥 +𝑦2 +𝑧 =2 , 𝑦 =1 Point: (1/2, 1, 1/2)

  4. Surfaces: 𝑥3 +3𝑥2𝑦2 +𝑦3 +4𝑥𝑦 −𝑧2 =0 , 𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 =11 Point: (1,1,3)

  5. Surfaces: 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =4 , 𝑥2 +𝑦2 −𝑧 =0 Point: (√2,√2,4)

Estimating Change

  1. By about how much will
𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=ln⁡√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2

change if the point 𝑃(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) moves from 𝑃0(3,4,12) a distance of 𝑑𝑠 =0.1 unit in the direction of 3𝐢 +6𝐣 −2𝐤 ?

  1. By about how much will
𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑒𝑥cos⁡𝑦𝑧

change as the point 𝑃(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) moves from the origin a distance of ds = 0.1 unit in the direction of 2𝑖 +2𝑗 −2𝑘 ?

  1. By about how much will
𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥+𝑥cos⁡𝑧−𝑦sin⁡𝑧+𝑦

change if the point 𝑃(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) moves from 𝑃0(2, −1,0) a distance of 𝑑𝑠 =0.2 unit toward the point 𝑃1(0,1,2) ?

  1. By about how much will
ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=cos⁡(𝜋𝑥𝑦)+𝑥𝑧2

change if the point 𝑃(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) moves from 𝑃0( −1, −1, −1) a distance of ds = 0.1 unit toward the origin?

  1. Temperature change along a circle Suppose that the Celsius temperature at the point (𝑥,𝑦) in the xy-plane is 𝑇(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥sin⁡2𝑦 and that distance in the xy-plane is measured in meters. A particle is moving clockwise around the circle of radius 1 m centered at the origin at the constant rate of 2 m/s.

a. How fast is the temperature experienced by the particle changing in degrees Celsius per meter at the point 𝑃(1/2,√3/2) ?

b. How fast is the temperature experienced by the particle changing in degrees Celsius per second at P?

  1. Changing temperature along a space curve The Celsius temperature in a region in space is given by 𝑇(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =2𝑥2 −𝑥𝑦𝑧 . A particle is moving in this region and its position at time t is given by 𝑥 =2𝑡2 , y = 3t, 𝑧 = −𝑡2 , where time is measured in seconds and distance in meters.

a. How fast is the temperature experienced by the particle changing in degrees Celsius per meter when the particle is at the point 𝑃(8,6, −4) ?

b. How fast is the temperature experienced by the particle changing in degrees Celsius per second at P?

Finding Linearizations

In Exercises 27–32, find the linearization 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) of the function at each point.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +1 at a. (0, 0), b. (1, 1)

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥 +𝑦 +2)2 at a. (0,0) , b. (1,2)

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =3𝑥 −4𝑦 +5 at a. (0, 0), b. (1, 1)

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥3𝑦4 at a. (1,1) , b. (0,0)

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒𝑥cos⁡𝑦 at a. (0, 0), b. (0, π/2)

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒2𝑦−𝑥 at a. (0,0) , b. (1,2)

  7. Wind chill factor Wind chill, a measure of the apparent temperature felt on exposed skin, is a function of air temperature and wind speed. The precise formula, updated by the National Weather Service in 2001 and based on modern heat transfer theory, a human face model, and skin tissue resistance, is (after unit conversion)

𝑊=𝑊(𝑣,𝑇)=13.13+0.6215𝑇−11.36𝑣0.16+0.396𝑇⋅𝑣0.16,

where T is air temperature in ∘ C and v is wind speed in km/h. A partial wind chill chart is given.

𝑇(∘C)

50-5-10-15-20-25
𝑣(km/h)102.7-3.3-9.3-15.2-21.2-27.2
201.1-5.2-11.5-17.8-24.1-30.4
300.1-6.4-13.0-19.5-26.0-32.5
40-0.7-7.4-14.0-20.7-27.4-34.1
50-1.3-8.1-14.9-21.7-28.5-35.4
60-1.8-8.7-15.7-22.6-29.5-36.4

a. Use the table to find 𝑊(30, −5) , 𝑊(50, −25) , and 𝑊(30, −10) .

b. Use the formula to find 𝑊(15, −40) , 𝑊(80, −40) , and 𝑊(90,0) .

c. Find the linearization 𝐿(𝑣,𝑇) of the function 𝑊(𝑣,𝑇) at the point (40, −10) .

d. Use 𝐿(𝑣,𝑇) in part (c) to estimate the following wind chill values. i) 𝑊(39, −9) ii) 𝑊(42, −12)

iii) 𝑊(10, −25) (Explain why this value is much different from the value found in the table.)

  1. Find the linearization 𝐿(𝑣,𝑇) of the function 𝑊(𝑣,𝑇) in Exercise 31 at the point (50, −20) . Use it to estimate the following wind chill values.

a. 𝑊(49, −22)

b. 𝑊(53, −19)

c. 𝑊(60, −30)

Bounding the Error in Linear Approximations

In Exercises 35–40, find the linearization 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at 𝑃0 . Then find an upper bound for the magnitude |𝐸| of the error in the approximation 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) ≈𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) over the rectangle R.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 −3𝑥𝑦 +5 at 𝑃0(2,1) ,
𝑅:|𝑥−2|≤0.1,|𝑦−1|≤0.1
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(1/2)𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦 +(1/4)𝑦2 +3𝑥 −3𝑦 +4 at 𝑃0(2,2) , R: |𝑥 −2| ≤0.1 , |𝑦 −2| ≤0.1

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1 +𝑦 +𝑥cos⁡𝑦 at 𝑃0(0,0) ,

𝑅:|𝑥|≤0.2,|𝑦|≤0.2

(Use |cos⁡𝑦| ≤1 and |sin⁡𝑦| ≤1 in estimating 𝐸 .)

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦2 +𝑦cos⁡(𝑥 −1) at 𝑃0(1,2) ,
𝑅:|𝑥−1|≤0.1,|𝑦−2|≤0.1
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒𝑥cos⁡𝑦 at 𝑃0(0,0) ,

(Use 𝑒𝑥 ≤1.11 and |cos⁡𝑦| ≤1 in estimating 𝐸 .)

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡𝑥 +ln⁡𝑦 at 𝑃0(1,1) ,
𝑅:|𝑥−1|≤0.2,|𝑦−1|≤0.2

Linearizations for Three Variables

Find the linearizations 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) of the functions in Exercises 41–46 at the given points.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦 +𝑦𝑧 +𝑥𝑧 at a. (1,1,1) b. (1,0,0)

c. (0,0,0)

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 at a. (1,1,1) b. (0,1,0)

c. (1,0,0)

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2 at a. (1,0,0) b. (1,1,0) c. (1,2,2)

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =(sin⁡𝑥𝑦)/𝑧 at a. (𝜋/2,1,1) b. (2,0,1)

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑒𝑥 +cos⁡(𝑦 +𝑧) at a. (0,0,0) b. (0,𝜋2,0) c. (0,𝜋4,𝜋4)

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =tan−1⁡(𝑥𝑦𝑧) at a. (1,0,0) b. (1,1,0) c. (1,1,1)

In Exercises 47–50, find the linearization 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) at 𝑃0 . Then find an upper bound for the magnitude of the error E in the approximation 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) ≈𝐿(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) over the region R.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑧 −3𝑦𝑧 +2 at 𝑃0(1,1,2) ,
𝑅:|𝑥−1|≤0.01,|𝑦−1|≤0.01,|𝑧−2|≤0.02 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2+𝑥𝑦+𝑦𝑧+(1/4)𝑧2 at 𝑃0(1,1,2),

R: |𝑥 −1| ≤0.01,|𝑦 −1| ≤0.01,|𝑧 −2| ≤0.08

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦 +2𝑦𝑧 −3𝑥𝑧 at 𝑃0(1,1,0) ,

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =√2cos⁡𝑥sin⁡(𝑦 +𝑧) at 𝑃0(0,0,𝜋/4) ,

𝑅 :|𝑥| ≤0.01,|𝑦| ≤0.01,|𝑧 −𝜋/4| ≤0.01

Estimating Error; Sensitivity to Change

  1. Estimating maximum error Suppose that 𝑇 is to be found from the formula 𝑇 =𝑥(𝑒𝑦 +𝑒−𝑦) , where 𝑥 and 𝑦 are found to be 2 and ln⁡2 with maximum possible errors of |𝑑𝑥| =0.1 and |𝑑𝑦| =0.02 . Estimate the maximum possible error in the computed value of 𝑇 .

  2. Variation in electrical resistance The resistance R produced by wiring resistors of 𝑅1 and 𝑅2 ohms in parallel (see accompanying figure) can be calculated from the formula

1𝑅=1𝑅1+1𝑅2.

a. Show that

𝑑𝑅=(𝑅𝑅1)2𝑑𝑅1+(𝑅𝑅2)2𝑑𝑅2.

b. You have designed a two-resistor circuit, like the one shown, to have resistances of 𝑅1 =100 ohms and 𝑅2 =400 ohms, but there is always some variation in manufacturing, and the resistors received by your firm will probably not have these exact values. Will the value of R be more sensitive to variation in 𝑅1 or to variation in 𝑅2 ? Give reasons for your answer.

教材插图

c. In another circuit like the one shown, you plan to change 𝑅1 from 20 to 20.1 ohms and 𝑅2 from 25 to 24.9 ohms. By about what percentage will this change R?

  1. You plan to calculate the area of a long, thin rectangle from measurements of its length and width. Which dimension should you measure more carefully? Give reasons for your answer.

  2. a. Around the point (1,0) , is 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2(𝑦 +1) more sensitive to changes in x or to changes in y? Give reasons for your answer.

b. What ratio of dx to dy will make df equal zero at (1,0) ?

  1. Value of a 2 ×2 determinant If |𝑎| is much greater than |𝑏|,|𝑐| , and |𝑑| , to which of 𝑎,𝑏,𝑐 , and 𝑑 is the value of the determinant
𝑓(𝑎,𝑏,𝑐,𝑑)=∣𝑎𝑏𝑐𝑑∣

most sensitive? Give reasons for your answer.

  1. The Wilson lot size formula The Wilson lot size formula in economics says that the most economical quantity Q of goods (radios, shoes, brooms, whatever) for a store to order is given by the formula 𝑄 =√2𝐾𝑀/ℎ , where K is the cost of placing the order, M is the number of items sold per week, and h is the weekly holding cost for each item (cost of space, utilities, security, and so on). To which of the variables K, M, and h is Q most sensitive near the point (𝐾0,𝑀0,ℎ0) =(2,20,0.05) ? Give reasons for your answer.

Theory and Examples

  1. The linearization of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is a tangent-plane approximation. Show that the tangent plane at the point 𝑃0(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)) on the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) defined by a differentiable function 𝑓 is the plane
𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦−𝑦0)−(𝑧−𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0))=0,

or

𝑧=𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)+𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦−𝑦0).

Thus, the tangent plane at 𝑃0 is the graph of the linearization of f at 𝑃0 (see accompanying figure).

教材插图

  1. Change along the involute of a circle Find the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 in the direction of the unit tangent vector of the curve
𝐫(𝑡)=(cos⁡𝑡+𝑡sin⁡𝑡)𝐢+(sin⁡𝑡−𝑡cos⁡𝑡)𝐣,𝑡>0.59.$𝑇𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑠𝐴𝑠𝑚𝑜𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑔𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑡𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑠𝑢𝑟𝑓𝑎𝑐𝑒𝑎𝑡𝑎𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑜𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑠𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛𝑖𝑓𝑖𝑡𝑠𝑣𝑒𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑖𝑡𝑦𝑣𝑒𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟𝑖𝑠𝑜𝑟𝑡ℎ𝑜𝑔𝑜𝑛𝑎𝑙𝑡𝑜$∇𝑓$𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒.𝑆ℎ𝑜𝑤𝑡ℎ𝑎𝑡𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑣𝑒$𝐫(𝑡)=√𝑡𝐢+√𝑡𝐣+(2𝑡−1)𝐤

is tangent to the surface 𝑥2 +𝑦2 −𝑧 =1 when 𝑡 =1 .

  1. Normal curves A smooth curve is normal to a surface 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑐 at a point of intersection if the curve’s velocity vector is a nonzero scalar multiple of ∇𝑓 at the point.

Show that the curve

𝐫(𝑡)=√𝑡𝐢+√𝑡𝐣−14(𝑡+3)𝐤

is normal to the surface 𝑥2 +𝑦2 −𝑧 =3 when t = 1.

  1. Consider a closed rectangular box with a square base, as shown in the figure. Assume x is measured with an error of at most 0.5% and y is measured with an error of at most 0.75%, so we have |𝑑𝑥|/𝑥 <0.005 and |𝑑𝑦|/𝑦 <0.0075 .

教材插图

a. Use a differential to estimate the relative error |𝑑𝑉|/𝑉 in computing the box’s volume 𝑉 .

b. Use a differential to estimate the relative error |𝑑𝑆|/𝑆 in computing the box’s surface area 𝑆 .

Hint for b:4𝑥2+4𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+4𝑥𝑦≤4𝑥2+8𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+4𝑥𝑦=2and4𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+4𝑥𝑦≤2𝑥2+4𝑥𝑦2𝑥2+4𝑥𝑦=1.

13.7 Extreme Values and Saddle Points

HISTORICAL BIOGRAPHY

Siméon-Denis Poisson

(1781-1840)

French mathematician Poisson studied with Lagrange and Laplace at the École polytechnique.and did so well that he was made an assistant professor upon his graduation. In 1806, he replaced Fourier as the professor of mathematics. Poisson’s early work in mechanics appeared in his first volume of 𝑇𝑟𝑎𝑖𝑡é 𝑑𝑒 𝑚é𝑐𝑎𝑛𝑖𝑞𝑢𝑒 (1811), where he applied mathematics to applications in physics and mechanics, including elasticity and vibrations.

To know more, visit the companion Website.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.42 The function

𝑧=(cos⁡𝑥)(cos⁡𝑦)𝑒−√𝑥2+𝑦2

has a maximum value of 1 and a minimum value of about -0.067 on the square region |𝑥| ≤3𝜋/2 , |𝑦| ≤3𝜋/2 .

Continuous functions of two variables assume extreme values on closed, bounded domains (see Figures 13.42 and 13.43). We see in this section that we can narrow the search for these extreme values by examining the functions’ first partial derivatives. A function of two variables can assume extreme values only at boundary points of the domain or at interior domain points where both first partial derivatives are zero or where one or both of the first partial derivatives fail to exist. However, the vanishing of derivatives at an interior point (𝑎,𝑏) does not always signal the presence of an extreme value. The surface that is the graph of the function might be shaped like a saddle right above (𝑎,𝑏) and cross its tangent plane there.

Local Extreme Values for Functions of Two Variables

To find the local extreme values of a function of a single variable, we look for points where the graph has a horizontal tangent line. At such points, we then look for local maxima, local minima, and points of inflection. For a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) of two variables, we look for points where the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) has a horizontal tangent plane. At such points, we then look for local maxima, local minima, and saddle points. We begin by defining maxima and minima.

DEFINITIONS Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) be defined on a region 𝑅 containing the point (𝑎,𝑏) . Then

  1. 𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) is a local maximum value of f if 𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) ≥𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) for all domain points (𝑥,𝑦) in an open disk centered at (𝑎,𝑏) . 𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) is an absolute maximum value of f on R if 𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) ≥𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) for all domain points (𝑥,𝑦) in R.

  2. 𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) is a local minimum value of f if 𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) ≤𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) for all domain points (𝑥,𝑦) in an open disk centered at (𝑎,𝑏) . 𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) is an absolute minimum value of f on R if 𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) ≤𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) for all domain points (𝑥,𝑦) in R.

FIGURE 13.43 The “roof surface” 𝑧 =12(|𝑥| −|𝑦| −|𝑥| −|𝑦|)

教材插图

has a maximum value of 0 and a minimum value of -a on the square region |𝑥| ≤𝑎 , |𝑦| ≤𝑎 .

教材插图

FIGURE 13.45 If a local maximum of f occurs at x = a, y = b, then the first partial derivatives 𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏) and 𝑓𝑦(𝑎,𝑏) are both zero.

Local maxima correspond to mountain peaks on the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) , and local minima correspond to valley bottoms (Figure 13.44). At such points the tangent planes, when they exist, are horizontal. Local extrema are also called relative extrema.

As with functions of a single variable, the key to identifying the local extrema is the First Derivative Theorem, which we next state and prove.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.44 A local maximum occurs at a mountain peak, and a local minimum occurs at a valley low point.

THEOREM 10—First Derivative Theorem for Local Extreme Values If 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) has a local maximum or minimum value at an interior point (𝑎,𝑏) of its domain and if the first partial derivatives exist there, then 𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏) =0 and 𝑓𝑦(𝑎,𝑏) =0 .

Proof If 𝑓 has a local extremum at (𝑎,𝑏) , then the function 𝑔(𝑥) =𝑓(𝑥,𝑏) has a local extremum at 𝑥 =𝑎 (Figure 13.45). Therefore, 𝑔′(𝑎) =0 (Chapter 4, Theorem 2). Now 𝑔′(𝑎) =𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏) , so 𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏) =0 . A similar argument with the function ℎ(𝑦) =𝑓(𝑎,𝑦) shows that 𝑓𝑦(𝑎,𝑏) =0 .

If we substitute the values 𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏) =0 and 𝑓𝑦(𝑎,𝑏) =0 into the equation

𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏)(𝑥−𝑎)+𝑓𝑦(𝑎,𝑏)(𝑦−𝑏)−(𝑧−𝑓(𝑎,𝑏))=0

for the tangent plane to the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at (𝑎,𝑏) , the equation reduces to

0⋅(𝑥−𝑎)+0⋅(𝑦−𝑏)−𝑧+𝑓(𝑎,𝑏)=0, 𝑧=𝑓(𝑎,𝑏).

Thus, Theorem 10 says that the surface does indeed have a horizontal tangent plane at a local extremum, provided there is a tangent plane there.

DEFINITION An interior point of the domain of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) where both 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 are zero or where one or both of 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 do not exist is a critical point of f.

教材插图

教材插图

FIGURE 13.46 Saddle points at the origin.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.47 The graph of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 −4𝑦 +9 is a paraboloid which has a local minimum value of 5 at the point (0, 2) (Example 1).

Theorem 10 says that the only points where a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) can assume extreme values are critical points and boundary points. As with differentiable functions of a single variable, not every critical point gives rise to a local extremum. A differentiable function of a single variable might have a point of inflection. A differentiable function of two variables might have a saddle point, with the graph of f crossing the tangent plane defined there.

DEFINITION A differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) has a saddle point at a critical point (𝑎,𝑏) if in every open disk centered at (𝑎,𝑏) there are domain points (𝑥,𝑦) where 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) >𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) and domain points (𝑥,𝑦) where 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) <𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) . The corresponding point (𝑎,𝑏,𝑓(𝑎,𝑏)) on the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is called a saddle point of the surface (Figure 13.46).

EXAMPLE 1 Find the local extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 −4𝑦 +9 .

Solution The domain of f is the entire plane (so there are no boundary points) and the partial derivatives 𝑓𝑥 =2𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 =2𝑦 −4 exist everywhere. Therefore, local extreme values can occur only where

𝑓𝑥=2𝑥=0 and 𝑓𝑦=2𝑦−4=0.

The only possibility is the point (0,2) , where the value of f is 5. Since 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +(𝑦 −2)2 +5 is never less than 5, we see that the critical point (0,2) gives a local minimum (Figure 13.47).

EXAMPLE 2 Find the local extreme values (if any) of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦2 −𝑥2 .

Solution The domain of f is the entire plane (so there are no boundary points) and the partial derivatives 𝑓𝑥 = −2𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 =2𝑦 exist everywhere. Therefore, local extrema can occur only at the origin (0,0) , where 𝑓𝑥 =0 and 𝑓𝑦 =0 . The value of f at the origin is 0. However, away from the origin along the positive x-axis, f has the value 𝑓(𝑥,0) = −𝑥2 <0 ; along the positive y-axis, f has the value 𝑓(0,𝑦) =𝑦2 >0 . Therefore, every open disk in the xy-plane centered at (0,0) contains points where the function is positive and points where it is negative. The function has a saddle point at the origin and no local extreme values (Figure 13.48a). Figure 13.48b displays the level curves (they are hyperbolas) of f and shows the function decreasing and increasing in an alternating fashion among the groupings of hyperbolas.

That 𝑓𝑥 =𝑓𝑦 =0 at an interior point (𝑎,𝑏) of R does not guarantee that f has a local extreme value there. If f and its first and second partial derivatives are continuous on R, however, we may be able to learn more from the following theorem.

THEOREM 11—Second Derivative Test for Local Extreme Values

Suppose that 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) and its first and second partial derivatives are continuous throughout a disk centered at (𝑎,𝑏) and that 𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏) =𝑓𝑦(𝑎,𝑏) =0 . Then

i) 𝑓 has a local maximum at (𝑎,𝑏) if 𝑓𝑥𝑥 <0 and 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 >0 at (𝑎,𝑏) .

ii) 𝑓 has a local minimum at (𝑎,𝑏) if 𝑓𝑥𝑥 >0 and 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 >0 at (𝑎,𝑏) .

iii) 𝑓 has a saddle point at (𝑎,𝑏) if 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 <0 at (𝑎,𝑏) .

iv) the test is inconclusive at (𝑎,𝑏) if 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 =0 at (𝑎,𝑏) . In this case, we must find some other way to determine the behavior of 𝑓 at (𝑎,𝑏) .

𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦−𝑓2𝑥𝑦=∣𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑥𝑦𝑓𝑥𝑦𝑓𝑦𝑦∣.

The expression 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 is called the discriminant or Hessian of 𝑓 . It is sometimes easier to remember it in determinant form,

教材插图

教材插图

FIGURE 13.48 (a) The origin is a saddle point of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦2 −𝑥2 . There are no local extreme values (Example 2). (b) Level curves for the function 𝑓 in Example 2.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.49 The surface

𝑧 =3𝑦2 −2𝑦3 −3𝑥2 +6𝑥𝑦 has a saddle point at the origin and a local maximum at the point (2, 2) (Example 4).

The discriminant is the determinant of the Hessian matrix of f,

𝐻𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=[𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑥𝑦𝑓𝑦𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦].

Note that by Theorem 2, we have 𝑓𝑥𝑦(𝑎,𝑏) =𝑓𝑦𝑥(𝑎,𝑏) at any point (𝑎,𝑏) satisfying the assumptions of Theorem 11.

Theorem 11 says that if the discriminant is positive at the point (𝑎,𝑏) , then the surface curves the same way in all directions: downward if 𝑓𝑥𝑥 <0 , giving rise to a local maximum, and upward if 𝑓𝑥𝑥 >0 , giving a local minimum. On the other hand, if the discriminant is negative at (𝑎,𝑏) , then the surface curves up in some directions and down in others, so we have a saddle point.

EXAMPLE 3 Find the local extreme values of the function

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥𝑦−𝑥2−𝑦2−2𝑥−2𝑦+4.

Solution The function is defined and differentiable for all x and y, and its domain has no boundary points. The function therefore has extreme values only at the points where 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 are simultaneously zero. This leads to

𝑓𝑥=𝑦−2𝑥−2=0,𝑓𝑦=𝑥−2𝑦−2=0,

or

𝑥=𝑦=−2.

Therefore, the point ( −2, −2) is the only point where 𝑓 may take on an extreme value. To see whether it does so, we calculate

𝑓𝑥𝑥=−2,𝑓𝑦𝑦=−2,𝑓𝑥𝑦=1.

The discriminant of 𝑓 at (𝑎,𝑏) =( −2, −2) is

𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦−𝑓2𝑥𝑦=(−2)(−2)−(1)2=4−1=3.

The combination

𝑓𝑥𝑥<0 and 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦−𝑓2𝑥𝑦>0

tells us that 𝑓 has a local maximum at ( −2, −2) . The value of 𝑓 at this point is 𝑓( −2, −2) =8 .

EXAMPLE 4 Find the local extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =3𝑦2 −2𝑦3 −3𝑥2 +6𝑥𝑦 .

Solution Since f is differentiable everywhere, it can assume extreme values only where

𝑓𝑥=6𝑦−6𝑥=0 and 𝑓𝑦=6𝑦−6𝑦2+6𝑥=0.

From the first of these equations we find 𝑥 =𝑦 , and substitution for 𝑦 into the second equation then gives

6𝑥−6𝑥2+6𝑥=0 or 6𝑥(2−𝑥)=0.

The two critical points are therefore (0,0) and (2,2) .

To classify the critical points, we calculate the second derivatives:

𝑓𝑥𝑥=−6,𝑓𝑦𝑦=6−12𝑦,𝑓𝑥𝑦=6.

The discriminant is given by

𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦−𝑓2𝑥𝑦=(−36+72𝑦)−36=72(𝑦−1).

At the critical point (0,0) we see that the value of the discriminant is the negative number -72, so the function has a saddle point at the origin. At the critical point (2,2) we see that the discriminant has the positive value 72. Combining this result with the negative value of the second partial 𝑓𝑥𝑥 = −6 , Theorem 11 says that the critical point (2,2) gives a local maximum value of 𝑓(2,2) =12 −16 −12 +24 =8 . A graph of the surface is shown in Figure 13.49.

EXAMPLE 5 Find the critical points of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =10𝑥𝑦𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2) and use the Second Derivative Test to classify each point as one where a saddle, local minimum, or local maximum occurs.

Solution First we find the partial derivatives 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 and set them simultaneously to zero in seeking the critical points:

𝑓𝑥=10𝑦𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)−20𝑥2𝑦𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)=10𝑦(1−2𝑥2)𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)=0⇒𝑦=0 or 1−2𝑥2=0,𝑓𝑦=10𝑥𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)−20𝑥𝑦2𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)=10𝑥(1−2𝑦2)𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)=0⇒𝑥=0 or 1−2𝑦2=0.

Since both partial derivatives are continuous everywhere, the only critical points are

(0,0),(1√2,1√2),(−1√2,1√2),(1√2,−1√2), and (−1√2,−1√2).

Next we calculate the second partial derivatives in order to evaluate the discriminant at each critical point:

𝑓𝑥𝑥=−20𝑥𝑦(1−2𝑥2)𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)−40𝑥𝑦𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)=−20𝑥𝑦(3−2𝑥2)𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2),𝑓𝑥𝑦=𝑓𝑦𝑥=10(1−2𝑥2)𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)−20𝑦2(1−2𝑥2)𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)=10(1−2𝑥2)(1−2𝑦2)𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2),𝑓𝑦𝑦=−20𝑥𝑦(1−2𝑦2)𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)−40𝑥𝑦𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2)=−20𝑥𝑦(3−2𝑦2)𝑒−(𝑥2+𝑦2).

The following table summarizes the values needed by the Second Derivative Test.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.50 A graph of the function in Example 5.

Critical Point𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑥𝑦𝑓𝑦𝑦Discriminant D
(0,0)0100-100
(1√2,1√2)−20𝑒0−20𝑒400𝑒2
(−1√2,1√2)20𝑒020𝑒400𝑒2
(1√2,−1√2)20𝑒020𝑒400𝑒2
(−1√2,−1√2)−20𝑒0−20𝑒400𝑒2

From the table we find that D < 0 at the critical point (0,0) , giving a saddle; D > 0 and 𝑓𝑥𝑥 <0 at the critical points (1/√2,1/√2) and ( −1/√2, −1/√2) , giving local maximum values there; and D > 0 and 𝑓𝑥𝑥 >0 at the critical points ( −1/√2,1/√2) and (1/√2, −1/√2) , each giving local minimum values. A graph of the surface is shown in Figure 13.50.

Absolute Maxima and Minima on Closed Bounded Regions

We organize the search for the absolute extrema of a continuous function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) on a closed and bounded region R into three steps.

  1. List the interior points of R where f may have local maxima and minima and evaluate f at these points. These are the critical points of f.

  2. List the boundary points of 𝑅 where 𝑓 has local maxima and minima and evaluate 𝑓 at these points. We show how to do this in the next example.

  3. Look through the lists for the maximum and minimum values of f. These will be the absolute maximum and minimum values of f on R.

(b)

教材插图

教材插图

FIGURE 13.51 (a) This triangular region is the domain of the function in Example 6. (b) The graph of the function in Example 6. The blue points are the candidates for maxima or minima.

EXAMPLE 6 Find the absolute maximum and minimum values of

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=2+2𝑥+4𝑦−𝑥2−𝑦2

on the triangular region in the first quadrant bounded by the lines x = 0, y = 0, and y = 9 - x.

Solution Since f is differentiable, the only places where f can assume these values are points inside the triangle where 𝑓𝑥 =𝑓𝑦 =0 and points on the boundary (Figure 13.51a).

(a) Interior points. For these we have

𝑓𝑥=2−2𝑥=0,𝑓𝑦=4−2𝑦=0,

yielding the single point (𝑥,𝑦) =(1,2) . The value of 𝑓 there is

𝑓(1,2)=7.

(b) Boundary points. We take the triangle one side at a time:

i) On the segment OA we always have y = 0. Therefore, we can regard 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) as being solely a function of x on this segment. That is, on this segment we want to consider the function

𝑔(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥,0)=2+2𝑥−𝑥2

for 0 ≤𝑥 ≤9 . Its extreme values (as we know from Chapter 4) may occur at the endpoints

𝑥=0 where 𝑔(0)=𝑓(0,0)=2𝑥=9 where 𝑔(9)=𝑓(9,0)=2+18−81=−61

or at the interior points where 𝑔′(𝑥) =2 −2𝑥 =0 . The only interior point where 𝑔′(𝑥) =0 is x = 1, where

𝑔(1)=𝑓(1,0)=3.

ii) On the segment OB we always have x = 0. Therefore, on this segment we can regard 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) as being solely a function of y, and so we consider the function

ℎ(𝑦)=𝑓(0,𝑦)=2+4𝑦−𝑦2

on the closed interval [0, 9]. Its extreme values can occur at the endpoints or at interior points where ℎ′(𝑦) =0 . Since ℎ′(𝑦) =4 −2𝑦 , the only interior point where ℎ′(𝑦) =0 occurs at (0, 2), with ℎ(2) =6 . So the candidates for this segment are

ℎ(0)=𝑓(0,0)=2,ℎ(9)=𝑓(0,9)=−43, and ℎ(2)=𝑓(0,2)=6.

iii) We have already accounted for the values of 𝑓 at the endpoints of 𝐴𝐵 , so we need only look at the interior points of the line segment 𝐴𝐵 . On this segment we have 𝑦 =9 −𝑥 , so we consider the function

𝑘(𝑥)=𝑓(𝑥,9−𝑥)=2+2𝑥+4(9−𝑥)−𝑥2−(9−𝑥)2=−43+16𝑥−2𝑥2.

Setting 𝑘′(𝑥) =16 −4𝑥 =0 gives

𝑥=4.

At this value of 𝑥 ,

𝑦=9−4=5 and 𝑘(4)=𝑓(4,5)=−11.

Summary We list all the function value candidates: 7, 2, -61, 3, -43, 6, -11. The maximum is 7, which 𝑓 assumes at (1, 2). The minimum is -61, which 𝑓 assumes at (9, 0). See Figure 13.51b.

Solving extreme value problems with algebraic constraints on the variables usually requires the method of Lagrange multipliers, which is introduced in the next section. But sometimes we can solve such problems directly, as in the next example.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.52 The box in Example 7.

EXAMPLE 7 A delivery company accepts only rectangular boxes the sum of whose length and girth (perimeter of a cross-section) does not exceed 270 cm. Find the dimensions of an acceptable box of largest volume.

Solution Let x, y, and z represent the length, width, and height of the rectangular box, respectively. Then the girth is 2𝑦 +2𝑧 . We want to maximize the volume V = xyz of the box (Figure 13.52) satisfying 𝑥 +2𝑦 +2𝑧 =270 (the largest box accepted by the delivery company). Thus, we can write the volume of the box as a function of two variables:

𝑉(𝑦,𝑧)=(270−2𝑦−2𝑧)𝑦𝑧𝑉=𝑥𝑦𝑧 and =270𝑦𝑧−2𝑦2𝑧−2𝑦𝑧2.𝑥=270−2𝑦−2𝑧

Setting the first partial derivatives equal to zero,

𝑉𝑦(𝑦,𝑧)=270𝑧−4𝑦𝑧−2𝑧2=(270−4𝑦−2𝑧)𝑧=0𝑉𝑧(𝑦,𝑧)=270𝑦−2𝑦2−4𝑦𝑧=(270−2𝑦−4𝑧)𝑦=0,

gives the critical points (0,0) , (0,135) , (135,0) , and (45,45) . The volume is zero at (0,0) , (0,135) , and (135,0) , which are not maximum values. At the point (45,45) , we apply the Second Derivative Test (Theorem 11):

𝑉𝑦𝑦=−4𝑧,𝑉𝑧𝑧=−4𝑦,𝑉𝑦𝑧=270−4𝑦−4𝑧.

Then

𝑉𝑦𝑦𝑉𝑧𝑧−𝑉2𝑦𝑧=16𝑦𝑧−4(135−2𝑦−2𝑧)2.

Thus,

𝑉𝑦𝑦(45,45)=−4(45)<0

and

(𝑉𝑦𝑦𝑉𝑧𝑧−𝑉2𝑦𝑧)∣(45,45)=16(45)(45)−4(−45)2>0,

so (45,45) gives a maximum volume. The dimensions of the package are 𝑥 =270 −2(45) −2(45) =90 cm , 𝑦 =45 𝑐𝑚 , and 𝑧 =45 𝑐𝑚 . The maximum volume is 𝑉 =(90)(45)(45) =182,250 cm3 , or 182.25 liters.

Despite the power of Theorem 11, we urge you to remember its limitations. It does not apply to boundary points of a function’s domain, where it is possible for a function to have extreme values along with nonzero derivatives. Also, it does not apply to points where either 𝑓𝑥 or 𝑓𝑦 fails to exist.

Summary of Max-Min Tests The extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) can occur only at i) boundary points of the domain of f ii) critical points (interior points where 𝑓𝑥 =𝑓𝑦 =0 or points where 𝑓𝑥 or 𝑓𝑦 fails to exist) If the first- and second-order partial derivatives of f are continuous throughout a disk centered at a point (𝑎,𝑏) and if 𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏) =𝑓𝑦(𝑎,𝑏) =0 , then the nature of 𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) can be tested with the Second Derivative Test: i) 𝑓𝑥𝑥 <0 and 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 >0 at (𝑎,𝑏) ⇒𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑚𝑎𝑥𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 ii) 𝑓𝑥𝑥 >0 and 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 >0 at (𝑎,𝑏) ⇒𝑙𝑜𝑐𝑎𝑙𝑚𝑖𝑛𝑖𝑚𝑢𝑚 iii) 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 <0 at (𝑎,𝑏) ⇒𝑠𝑎𝑑𝑑𝑙𝑒𝑝𝑜𝑖𝑛𝑡 iv) 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 =0 at (𝑎,𝑏) ⇒𝑡𝑒𝑠𝑡𝑖𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑐𝑜𝑛𝑐𝑙𝑢𝑠𝑖𝑣𝑒

Finding maximum and minimum values for functions of more than two variables is an important problem with many important applications, from machine learning to making economic predictions. The problem becomes much harder as the number of variables increases. The process of finding extrema for functions with high-dimensional domains is discussed in Appendices B.2 and B.3.

EXERCISES 13.7

Finding Local Extrema

Find all the local maxima, local minima, and saddle points of the functions in Exercises 1–30.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 +3𝑥 −3𝑦 +4

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥𝑦 −5𝑥2 −2𝑦2 +4𝑥 +4𝑦 −4

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦 +3𝑥 +2𝑦 +5

教材插图

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =5𝑥𝑦 −7𝑥2 +3𝑥 −6𝑦 +2
𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=2𝑥𝑦−𝑥2−2𝑦2+3𝑥+4 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2−4𝑥𝑦+𝑦2+6𝑦+2
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥2 +3𝑥𝑦 +4𝑦2 −5𝑥 +2𝑦

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 −2𝑥𝑦 +2𝑦2 −2𝑥 +2𝑦 +1

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 −𝑦2 −2𝑥 +4𝑦 +6

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +2𝑥𝑦

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =√56𝑥2−8𝑦2−16𝑥−31 +1 −8𝑥

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1 −3√𝑥2+𝑦2

  7. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥3 −𝑦3 −2𝑥𝑦 +6

  8. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥3 +3𝑥𝑦 +𝑦3

  9. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =6𝑥2 −2𝑥3 +3𝑦2 +6𝑥𝑦

  10. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥3 +𝑦3 +3𝑥2 −3𝑦2 −8

  11. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥3 +3𝑥𝑦2 −15𝑥 +𝑦3 −15𝑦

  12. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥3 +2𝑦3 −9𝑥2 +3𝑦2 −12𝑦

  13. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =4𝑥𝑦 −𝑥4 −𝑦4

  14. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥4 +𝑦4 +4𝑥𝑦

  15. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1𝑥2+𝑦2−1 22.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =1𝑥 +𝑥𝑦 +1𝑦

  16. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦sin⁡𝑥 24.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒2𝑥cos⁡𝑦

  17. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒𝑥2+𝑦2−4𝑥 26.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒𝑦 −𝑦𝑒𝑥

  18. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒−𝑦(𝑥2+𝑦2) 28.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒𝑥(𝑥2−𝑦2)

  19. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2ln⁡𝑥 +ln⁡𝑦 −4𝑥 −𝑦

  20. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡(𝑥 +𝑦) +𝑥2 −𝑦

Finding Absolute Extrema

In Exercises 31–38, find the absolute maxima and minima of the functions on the given domains.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥2 −4𝑥 +𝑦2 −4𝑦 +1 on the closed triangular plate bounded by the lines x = 0, y = 2, y = 2x in the first quadrant

  2. 𝐷(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 −𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 +1 on the closed triangular plate in the first quadrant bounded by the lines 𝑥 =0,𝑦 =4,𝑦 =𝑥

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 on the closed triangular plate bounded by the lines 𝑥 =0,𝑦 =0,𝑦 +2𝑥 =2 in the first quadrant

  4. 𝑇(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 −6𝑥 on the rectangular plate 0 ≤𝑥 ≤5, −3 ≤𝑦 ≤3

  5. 𝑇(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 −6𝑥 +2 on the rectangular plate 0 ≤𝑥 ≤5, −3 ≤𝑦 ≤0

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =48𝑥𝑦 −32𝑥3 −24𝑦2 on the rectangular plate 0 ≤𝑥 ≤1,0 ≤𝑦 ≤1

  7. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(4𝑥 −𝑥2)cos⁡𝑦 on the rectangular plate 1 ≤𝑥 ≤3, −𝜋/4 ≤𝑦 ≤𝜋/4

  8. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =4𝑥 −8𝑥𝑦 +2𝑦 +1 on the triangular plate bounded by the lines 𝑥 =0,𝑦 =0,𝑥 +𝑦 =1 in the first quadrant

  9. Find two numbers 𝑎 and 𝑏 with 𝑎 ≤𝑏 such that

∫𝑏𝑎(6−𝑥−𝑥2)𝑑𝑥

has its largest value.

  1. Find two numbers 𝑎 and 𝑏 with 𝑎 ≤𝑏 such that
∫𝑏𝑎(24−2𝑥−𝑥2)1/3𝑑𝑥

has its largest value.

  1. Temperatures A flat circular plate has the shape of the region 𝑥2 +𝑦2 ≤1 . The plate, including the boundary where 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =1 , is heated so that the temperature at the point (𝑥,𝑦) is
𝑇(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2+2𝑦2−𝑥.

Find the temperatures at the hottest and coldest points on the plate.

  1. Find the critical point of
𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥𝑦+2𝑥−ln⁡𝑥2𝑦

in the open first quadrant (𝑥 >0,𝑦 >0) and show that f takes on a minimum there.

Theory and Examples

  1. Find the maxima, minima, and saddle points of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) , if any, given that
𝐚.𝑓𝑥=2𝑥−4𝑦 and 𝑓𝑦=2𝑦−4𝑥 𝐜.𝑓𝑥=9𝑥2−9 and 𝑓𝑦=2𝑦+4

Describe your reasoning in each case.

  1. The discriminant 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 is zero at the origin for each of the following functions, so the Second Derivative Test fails there. Determine whether the function has a maximum, a minimum, or neither at the origin by imagining what the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) looks like. Describe your reasoning in each case.
𝐚.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2𝑦2𝐛.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=1−𝑥2𝑦2 𝐝.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥3𝑦2 𝐞.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥3𝑦3 𝐟.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥4𝑦4
  1. Show that (0,0) is a critical point of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑘𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 no matter what value the constant k has. (Hint: Consider two cases: k=0 and 𝑘 ≠0 .)

  2. For what values of the constant k does the Second Derivative Test guarantee that 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑘𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 will have a saddle point at (0,0) ? A local minimum at (0,0) ? For what values of k is the Second Derivative Test inconclusive? Give reasons for your answers.

  3. If 𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏) =𝑓𝑦(𝑎,𝑏) =0 , must f have a local maximum or minimum value at (𝑎,𝑏) ? Give reasons for your answer.

  4. Can you conclude anything about 𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) if f and its first and second partial derivatives are continuous throughout a disk centered at the critical point (𝑎,𝑏) and 𝑓𝑥𝑥(𝑎,𝑏) and 𝑓𝑦𝑦(𝑎,𝑏) differ in sign? Give reasons for your answer.

  5. Among all the points on the graph of 𝑧 =10 −𝑥2 −𝑦2 that lie above the plane 𝑥 +2𝑦 +3𝑧 =0 , find the point farthest from the plane.

  6. Find the point on the graph of 𝑧 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +10 nearest the plane 𝑥 +2𝑦 −𝑧 =0 .

  7. Find the point on the plane 3𝑥 +2𝑦 +𝑧 =6 that is nearest the origin.

  8. Find the minimum distance from the point (2, −1,1) to the plane 𝑥 +𝑦 −𝑧 =2 .

  9. Find three numbers whose sum is 9 and whose sum of squares is a minimum.

  10. Find three positive numbers whose sum is 3 and whose product is a maximum.

  11. Find the maximum value of 𝑠 =𝑥𝑦 +𝑦𝑧 +𝑥𝑧 where 𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑧 =6 .

  12. Find the minimum distance from the cone 𝑧 =√𝑥2+𝑦2 to the point ( −6,4,0) .

  13. Find the dimensions of the rectangular box of maximum volume that can be inscribed inside the sphere 𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 =4 .

  14. Among all closed rectangular boxes of volume 27 𝑐𝑚3 , what is the smallest surface area?

  15. You are to construct an open rectangular box from 12 𝑚2 of material. What dimensions will result in a box of maximum volume?

  16. Consider the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +2𝑥𝑦 −𝑥 −𝑦 +1 over the square 0 ≤𝑥 ≤1 and 0 ≤𝑦 ≤1 .

a. Show that 𝑓 has an absolute minimum along the line segment 2𝑥 +2𝑦 =1 in this square. What is the absolute minimum value?

b. Find the absolute maximum value of f over the square.

  1. Find the point on the graph of 𝑦2 −𝑥𝑧2 =4 nearest the origin.

  2. A rectangular box is inscribed in the region in the first octant bounded above by the plane with x-intercept 6, y-intercept 6, and z-intercept 6.

教材插图

a. Find an equation for the plane.

b. Find the dimensions of the box of maximum volume.

Extreme Values on Parametrized Curves To find the extreme values of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) on a curve 𝑥 =𝑥(𝑡) , 𝑦 =𝑦(𝑡) , we treat f as a function of the single variable t and use the Chain Rule to find where df/dt is zero. As in any other single-variable case, the extreme values of f are then found among the values at

a. The critical points (points where 𝑑𝑓/𝑑𝑡 is zero or fails to exist), and b. The endpoints of the parameter domain.

In Exercises 63–66, find the absolute maximum and minimum values of the following functions on the given curves.

  1. Functions:

a. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥 +𝑦 b. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 c. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥2 +𝑦2 Curves: i) The semicircle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =4, 𝑦 ≥0 ii) The quarter circle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =4, 𝑥 ≥0, 𝑦 ≥0 Use the parametric equations 𝑥 =2cos⁡𝑡,𝑦 =2sin⁡𝑡 .

a. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥 +3𝑦 b. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 c. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +3𝑦2 Curves: i) The semiellipse (𝑥2/9) +(𝑦2/4) =1, 𝑦 ≥0 ii) The quarter ellipse (𝑥2/9) +(𝑦2/4) =1, 𝑥 ≥0, 𝑦 ≥0 Use the parametric equations 𝑥 =3cos⁡𝑡,𝑦 =2sin⁡𝑡 .

  • Function: 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 Curves: i) The line 𝑥 =2𝑡 , 𝑦 =𝑡 +1 ii) The line segment 𝑥 =2𝑡 , 𝑦 =𝑡 +1 , −1 ≤𝑡 ≤0 iii) The line segment 𝑥 =2𝑡 , 𝑦 =𝑡 +1 , 0 ≤𝑡 ≤1
  1. Functions:

ii) The line segment x = t, y = 2 - 2t, 0 ≤𝑡 ≤1

  1. Least squares and regression lines When we try to fit a line 𝑦 =𝑚𝑥 +𝑏 to a set of numerical data points (𝑥1,𝑦1),(𝑥2,𝑦2),…,(𝑥𝑛,𝑦𝑛) , we usually choose the line that minimizes the sum of the squares of the vertical distances from the points to the line. In theory, this means finding the values of m and b that minimize the value of the function
𝑤=(𝑚𝑥1+𝑏−𝑦1)2+⋯+(𝑚𝑥𝑛+𝑏−𝑦𝑛)2.(1)

(See the accompanying figure.) Show that the values of 𝑚 and 𝑏 that do this are

𝑚=(∑𝑥𝑘)(∑𝑦𝑘)−𝑛∑𝑥𝑘𝑦𝑘(∑𝑥𝑘)2−𝑛∑𝑥2𝑘,(2) 𝑏=1𝑛(∑𝑦𝑘−𝑚∑𝑥𝑘),(3)

with all sums running from k = 1 to k = n. Many scientific calculators have these formulas built in, enabling you to find m and b with only a few keystrokes after you have entered the data.

The line 𝑦 =𝑚𝑥 +𝑏 determined by these values of m and b is called the least squares line, regression line, or trend line for the data under study. Finding a least squares line lets you

  • summarize data with a simple expression,
  • predict values of y for other, experimentally untried values of x,
  • handle data analytically.

In Exercises 68–70, use Equations (2) and (3) to find the least squares line for each set of data points. Then use the linear equation you obtain to predict the value of y that would correspond to x = 4.

  1. ( −2,0),(0,2),(2,3)

  2. ( −1,2),(0,1),(3, −4)

  3. (0,0),(1,2),(2,3)

COMPUTER EXPLORATIONS

In Exercises 71–76, you will explore functions to identify their local extrema. Use a CAS to perform the following steps:

a. Plot the function over the given rectangle.

b. Plot some level curves in the rectangle.

c. Calculate the function’s first partial derivatives and use the CAS equation solver to find the critical points. How are the critical points related to the level curves plotted in part (b)? Which critical points, if any, appear to give a saddle point? Give reasons for your answer.

d. Calculate the function’s second partial derivatives and find the discriminant 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 .

e. Using the max-min tests, classify the critical points found in part (c). Are your findings consistent with your discussion in part (c)?

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2+𝑦3−3𝑥𝑦,−5≤𝑥≤5,−5≤𝑦≤5 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥3−3𝑥𝑦2+𝑦2,−2≤𝑥≤2,−2≤𝑦≤2
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥4 +𝑦2 −8𝑥2 −6𝑦 +16, −3 ≤𝑥 ≤3, −6 ≤𝑦 ≤6

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥4 +𝑦4 −2𝑥2 −2𝑦2 +3, −3/2 ≤𝑥 ≤3/2, −3/2 ≤𝑦 ≤3/2

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =5𝑥6 +18𝑥5 −30𝑥4 +30𝑥𝑦2 −120𝑥3, −4 ≤𝑥 ≤3, −2 ≤𝑦 ≤2

76.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)={𝑥5ln⁡(𝑥2+𝑦2),(𝑥,𝑦)≠(0,0)0,(𝑥,𝑦)=(0,0),−2≤𝑥≤2,−2≤𝑦≤2

13.8 Lagrange Multipliers

HISTORICAL BIOGRAPHY

Joseph Louis Lagrange (1736–1813)

Lagrange was born in Turin, Italy. He enjoyed studying mathematics, despite his father’s wish that he study law. Lagrange’s mathematical contributions began as early as 1754 with the discovery of the calculus of variations and continued with applications to mechanics in 1756.

To know more, visit the companion Website.

Sometimes we need to find the extreme values of a function whose domain is constrained to lie within some particular subset of the plane—for example, a disk, a closed triangular region, or along a curve. We saw an instance of this situation in Example 6 of the previous section. Here we explore a powerful method for finding extreme values of constrained functions: the method of Lagrange multipliers.

Constrained Maxima and Minima

To gain some insight, we first consider a problem where a constrained minimum can be found by eliminating a variable.

EXAMPLE 1 Find the point 𝑝(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) on the plane 2𝑥 +𝑦 −𝑧 −5 =0 that is closest to the origin.

Solution The problem asks us to find the minimum value of the function

∣⟶𝑂𝑃∣=√(𝑥−0)2+(𝑦−0)2+(𝑧−0)2=√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2

subject to the constraint that

2𝑥+𝑦−𝑧−5=0.

Since |⟶𝑂𝑃| has a minimum value wherever the function

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2

has a minimum value, we may solve the problem by finding the minimum value of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) subject to the constraint 2𝑥 +𝑦 −𝑧 −5 =0 (thus avoiding square roots). If we regard x and y as the independent variables in this equation and write z as

𝑧=2𝑥+𝑦−5,

our problem reduces to finding the points (𝑥,𝑦) at which the function

ℎ(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,2𝑥+𝑦−5)=𝑥2+𝑦2+(2𝑥+𝑦−5)2

has its minimum value or values. Since the domain of h is the entire xy-plane, the First Derivative Theorem of Section 13.7 tells us that any minima that h might have must occur at points where

ℎ𝑥=2𝑥+2(2𝑥+𝑦−5)(2)=0,ℎ𝑦=2𝑦+2(2𝑥+𝑦−5)=0.

This leads to

10𝑥+4𝑦=20,4𝑥+4𝑦=10,

which has the solution

𝑥=53,𝑦=56.

We may apply a geometric argument together with the Second Derivative Test to show that these values minimize h. The z-coordinate of the corresponding point on the plane 𝑧 =2𝑥 +𝑦 −5 is

𝑧=2(53)+56−5=−56.

Therefore, the point we seek is

 Closest point: 𝑃(53,56,−56).

The distance from P to the origin is 5/√6 ≈2.04 .

Attempts to solve a constrained maximum or minimum problem by substitution, as we might call the method of Example 1, do not always go smoothly.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.53 The hyperbolic cylinder 𝑥2 −𝑧2 −1 =0 in Example 2.

EXAMPLE 2 Find the points on the hyperbolic cylinder 𝑥2 −𝑧2 −1 =0 that are closest to the origin.

Solution 1 The cylinder is shown in Figure 13.53. We seek the points on the cylinder closest to the origin. These are the points whose coordinates minimize the value of the function

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2 Square of the distance 

subject to the constraint that 𝑥2 −𝑧2 −1 =0 . If we regard x and y as independent variables in the constraint equation, then

𝑧2=𝑥2−1,

and the values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 on the cylinder are given by the function

ℎ(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2+𝑦2+(𝑥2−1)=2𝑥2+𝑦2−1.

To find the points on the cylinder whose coordinates minimize f, we look for the points in the xy-plane whose coordinates minimize h. The only extreme value of h occurs where

ℎ𝑥=4𝑥=0 and ℎ𝑦=2𝑦=0,

The hyperbolic cylinder 𝑥2 −𝑧2 =1

教材插图

FIGURE 13.54 The region in the xy-plane from which the first two coordinates of the points (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) on the hyperbolic cylinder 𝑥2 −𝑧2 =1 are selected excludes the band -1 < x < 1 in the xy-plane (Example 2).

教材插图

FIGURE 13.55 A sphere expanding like a soap bubble centered at the origin until it just touches the hyperbolic cylinder 𝑥2 −𝑧2 −1 =0 (Example 2).

𝜆 is the Greek letter lambda.

that is, at the point (0,0) . But there are no points on the cylinder where both x and y are zero. What went wrong?

What happened is that the First Derivative Theorem found (as it should have) the point in the domain of h where h has a minimum value. We, on the other hand, want the points on the cylinder where h has a minimum value. Although the domain of h is the entire xy-plane, the domain from which we can select the first two coordinates of the points (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) on the cylinder is restricted to the projection, or “shadow” of the cylinder on the xy-plane; it does not include the band between the lines x = -1 and x = 1 (Figure 13.54).

We can avoid this problem if we treat y and z as independent variables (instead of x and y) and express x in terms of y and z as

𝑥2=𝑧2+1.

With this substitution, 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 becomes

𝑘(𝑦,𝑧)=(𝑧2+1)+𝑦2+𝑧2=1+𝑦2+2𝑧2

and we look for the points where k takes on its smallest value. The domain of k in the yz-plane now matches the domain from which we select the y- and z-coordinates of the points (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) on the cylinder. Hence, the points that minimize k in the plane will have corresponding points on the cylinder. The smallest values of k occur where

𝑘𝑦=2𝑦=0 and 𝑘𝑧=4𝑧=0,

or where 𝑦 =𝑧 =0 . This leads to

𝑥2=𝑧2+1=1,𝑥=±1.

The corresponding points on the cylinder are ( ±1,0,0) . We can see from the inequality

𝑘(𝑦,𝑧)=1+𝑦2+2𝑧2≥1

that the points ( ±1,0,0) give a minimum value for k. We can also see that the minimum distance from the origin to a point on the cylinder is 1 unit.

Solution 2 Another way to find the points on the cylinder closest to the origin is to imagine a small sphere centered at the origin expanding like a soap bubble until it just touches the cylinder (Figure 13.55). At each point of contact, the cylinder and sphere have the same tangent plane and normal line. Therefore, if the sphere and cylinder are represented as the level surfaces obtained by setting

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2−𝑎2 and 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2−𝑧2−1

equal to 0, then the gradients ∇𝑓 and ∇𝑔 will be parallel where the surfaces touch. At any point of contact, we should therefore be able to find a scalar 𝜆 (“lambda”) such that

∇𝑓=𝜆∇𝑔,

or

2𝑥𝐢+2𝑦𝐣+2𝑧𝐤=𝜆(2𝑥𝐢−2𝑧𝐤).

Thus, the coordinates x, y, and z of any point of tangency will have to satisfy the three scalar equations

2𝑥=2𝜆𝑥,2𝑦=0,2𝑧=−2𝜆𝑧.

For what values of 𝜆 will a point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) whose coordinates satisfy these scalar equations also lie on the surface 𝑥2 −𝑧2 −1 =0 ? To answer this question, we use our knowledge that no point on the surface has a zero x-coordinate to conclude that 𝑥 ≠0 . Hence, 2𝑥 =2𝜆𝑥 only if

2=2𝜆, or 𝜆=1.

For 𝜆 =1 , the equation 2𝑧 = −2𝜆𝑧 becomes 2𝑧 = −2𝑧 . If this equation is to be satisfied as well, z must be zero. Since y = 0 also (from the equation 2y = 0), we conclude that the points we seek all have coordinates of the form

(𝑥,0,0).

What points on the surface 𝑥2 −𝑧2 =1 have coordinates of this form? The answer is the points (𝑥,0,0) for which

𝑥2−(0)2=1,𝑥2=1, or 𝑥=±1.

The points on the cylinder closest to the origin are the points ( ±1,0,0) .

The Method of Lagrange Multipliers

In Solution 2 of Example 2, we used the method of Lagrange multipliers. The method says that the local extreme values of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) whose variables are subject to a constraint 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 are to be found on the surface g = 0 among the points where

∇𝑓=𝜆∇𝑔

for some scalar 𝜆 (called a Lagrange multiplier).

To explore the method further and see why it works, we first make the following observation, which we state as a theorem.

THEOREM 12—The Orthogonal Gradient Theorem Suppose that 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) is differentiable in a region whose interior contains a smooth curve C: 𝐫(𝑡) =𝑥(𝑡)𝐢 +𝑦(𝑡)𝐣 +𝑧(𝑡)𝐤 . If 𝑃0 is a point on C where f has a local maximum or minimum relative to its values on C, then ∇𝑓 is orthogonal to the curve’s tangent vector 𝑟′ at 𝑃0 .

Proof The values of 𝑓 on 𝐶 are given by the composition 𝑓(𝑥(𝑡),𝑦(𝑡),𝑧(𝑡)) , whose derivative with respect to 𝑡 is

𝑑𝑓𝑑𝑡=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑧𝑑𝑧𝑑𝑡=∇𝑓⋅𝐫′.

At any point 𝑃0 where 𝑓 has a local maximum or minimum relative to its values on the curve, 𝑑𝑓/𝑑𝑡 =0 , so

∇𝑓⋅𝐫′=0.

By dropping the z-terms in Theorem 12, we obtain a similar result for functions of two variables.

COROLLARY At the points on a smooth curve 𝐫(𝑡) =𝑥(𝑡)𝐢 +𝑦(𝑡)𝐣 where a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) takes on its local maxima or minima relative to its values on the curve, we have ∇𝑓 ⋅𝑟′ =0 .

Theorem 12 is the key to the method of Lagrange multipliers. Suppose that 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) and 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) are differentiable and that 𝑃0 is a point on the surface 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 where f has a local maximum or minimum value relative to its other values on the surface. We assume also that ∇𝑔 ≠0 at points on the surface 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 . Then f takes on a local maximum or minimum at 𝑃0 relative to its values on every differentiable curve through 𝑃0 on the surface 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 . Therefore, ∇𝑓 is orthogonal to the tangent vector of every such differentiable curve through 𝑃0 . Moreover, so is ∇𝑔 (because ∇𝑔 is perpendicular to the level surface g = 0, as we saw in Section 13.5). Therefore, at 𝑃0 , ∇𝑓 is some scalar multiple 𝜆 of ∇𝑔 .

FIGURE 13.56 Example 3 shows how to find the largest and smallest values of the product 𝑥𝑦 on this ellipse.

The Method of Lagrange Multipliers

教材插图

Suppose that 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) and 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) are differentiable and ∇𝑔 ≠0 when 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 . To find the local maximum and minimum values of f subject to the constraint 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 (if these exist), find the values of x, y, z, and 𝜆 that simultaneously satisfy the equations

∇𝑓=𝜆∇𝑔 and 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=0.(1)

If they exist, absolute extrema can be found by comparing these values of f at each critical point satisfying Equation (1). For functions of two independent variables, the condition is similar, but without the variable z.

Some care must be used in applying this method. An extreme value may not actually exist (Exercise 45).

EXAMPLE 3 Find the largest and smallest values that the function

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥𝑦

takes on the ellipse (Figure 13.56)

𝑥28+𝑦22=1.

Solution We want to find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 subject to the constraint

𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥28+𝑦22−1=0.

To do so, we first find the values of x, y, and 𝜆 for which

∇𝑓=𝜆∇𝑔 and 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)=0.

The gradient equation in Equations (1) gives

𝑦𝐢+𝑥𝐣=𝜆4𝑥𝐢+𝜆𝑦𝐣,

from which we find

𝑦=𝜆4𝑥,𝑥=𝜆𝑦,

and

𝑦=𝜆4(𝜆𝑦)=𝜆24𝑦, Caution: Don't cancel 𝑦 without considering the case where 𝑦=0.

so that

𝑦=0 or 𝜆=±2.

We now consider these two cases.

Case 1: If 𝑦 =0 , then 𝑥 =𝑦 =0 . But (0,0) is not on the ellipse. Hence, 𝑦 ≠0 .
Case 2: If 𝑦 ≠0 , then 𝜆 = ±2 and 𝑥 = ±2𝑦 . Substituting this in the equation 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =0 gives

(±2𝑦)28+𝑦22=1,4𝑦2+4𝑦2=8 and 𝑦=±1.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.57 When subjected to the constraint 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2/8 +𝑦2/2 −1 =0 , the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 takes on extreme values at the four points ( ±2, ±1) . These are the points on the ellipse where ∇𝑓 (red) is a scalar multiple of ∇𝑔 (blue) (Example 3).

教材插图

FIGURE 13.58 The function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =3𝑥 +4𝑦 takes on its largest value on the unit circle 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 −1 =0 at the point (3/5,4/5) and its smallest value at the point ( −3/5, −4/5) (Example 4). At each of these points, ∇𝑓 is a scalar multiple of ∇𝑔 . The figure shows the gradients at the first point but not at the second.

The function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 therefore has critical points on the ellipse at the four points ( ±2,1) , ( ±2, −1) . The extreme values are found by examining the values of f at these four points. The absolute maximum is 𝑓(2,1) =𝑓( −2, −1) =2 , and the absolute minimum is 𝑓( −2,1) =𝑓(2, −1) = −2 .

The Geometry of the Solution The level curves of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 are the hyperbolas xy=c (Figure 13.57). The farther the hyperbolas lie from the origin, the larger the absolute value of f. We want to find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) , given that the point (𝑥,𝑦) also lies on the ellipse 𝑥2 +4𝑦2 =8 . Which hyperbolas intersecting the ellipse lie farthest from the origin? The hyperbolas that just graze the ellipse, the ones that are tangent to it, are farthest. At these points, any vector normal to the hyperbola is normal to the ellipse, so ∇𝑓 =𝑦𝐢 +𝑥𝐣 is a multiple (𝜆 = ±2) of ∇𝑔 =(𝑥/4)𝐢 +𝑦𝐣 . At the point (2,1) , for example,

∇𝑓=𝐢+2𝐣,∇𝑔=12𝐢+𝐣, and ∇𝑓=2∇𝑔.

At the point ( −2,1) ,

∇𝑓=𝐢−2𝐣,∇𝑔=−12𝐢+𝐣, and ∇𝑓=−2∇𝑔.

EXAMPLE 4 Find the maximum and minimum values of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =3𝑥 +4𝑦 on the circle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =1 .

Solution We model this as a Lagrange multiplier problem with

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=3𝑥+4𝑦,𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2+𝑦2−1

and look for the values of 𝑥,𝑦 , and 𝜆 that satisfy the equations

∇𝑓=𝜆∇𝑔:3𝐢+4𝐣=2𝑥𝜆𝐢+2𝑦𝜆𝐣𝑔(𝑥,𝑦)=0:𝑥2+𝑦2−1=0.

The gradient equation implies that 𝜆 ≠0 and gives

𝑥=32𝜆,𝑦=2𝜆.

These equations tell us, among other things, that 𝑥 and 𝑦 have the same sign. With these values for 𝑥 and 𝑦 , the equation 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =0 gives

(32𝜆)2+(2𝜆)2−1=0,

SO

94𝜆2+4𝜆2=1,9+16=4𝜆2,4𝜆2=25, and 𝜆=±52.

Thus,

𝑥=32𝜆=±35,𝑦=2𝜆=±45,

and 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =3𝑥 +4𝑦 has critical points at (𝑥,𝑦) = ±(3/5,4/5) .

By calculating the value of 3𝑥 +4𝑦 at the points ±(3/5,4/5) , we see that its maximum and minimum values on the circle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =1 are

3(35)+4(45)=255=5 and 3(−35)+4(−45)=−255=−5.

The Geometry of the Solution The level curves of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =3𝑥 +4𝑦 are the lines 3𝑥 +4𝑦 =𝑐 (Figure 13.58). The farther the lines lie from the origin, the larger the absolute value of f. We want to find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) given that the point (𝑥,𝑦)

教材插图

FIGURE 13.59 The vectors ∇𝑔1 and ∇𝑔2 lie in a plane perpendicular to the curve 𝐶 , because ∇𝑔1 is normal to the surface 𝑔1 =0 and ∇𝑔2 is normal to the surface 𝑔2 =0 .

also lies on the circle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =1 . Which lines intersecting the circle lie farthest from the origin? The lines tangent to the circle are farthest. At the points of tangency, any vector normal to the line is normal to the circle, so the gradient ∇𝑓 =3𝑖 +4𝑗 is a multiple (𝜆 = ±5/2) of the gradient ∇𝑔 =2𝑥𝐢 +2𝑦𝐣 . At the point (3/5,4/5) , for example,

∇𝑓=3𝐢+4𝐣,∇𝑔=65𝐢+85𝐣, and ∇𝑓=52∇𝑔.

Lagrange Multipliers with Two Constraints

Many problems require us to find the extreme values of a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) whose variables are subject to two constraints. If the constraints are

𝑔1(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=0 and 𝑔2(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=0

and 𝑔1 and 𝑔2 are differentiable, with ∇𝑔1 not parallel to ∇𝑔2 , we find the constrained local maxima and minima of f by introducing two Lagrange multipliers 𝜆 and 𝜇 (mu, pronounced “mew”). That is, we locate the points 𝑃(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) where f takes on its constrained extreme values by finding the values of x, y, z, 𝜆 , and 𝜇 that simultaneously satisfy the three equations

∇𝑓=𝜆∇𝑔1+𝜇∇𝑔2,𝑔1(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=0,𝑔2(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=0(2)

Equations (2) have a nice geometric interpretation. The surfaces 𝑔1 =0 and 𝑔2 =0 (usually) intersect in a smooth curve, say C (Figure 13.59). Along this curve we seek the points where f has local maximum and minimum values relative to its other values on the curve. These are the points where ∇𝑓 is normal to C, as we saw in Theorem 12. But ∇𝑔1 and ∇𝑔2 are also normal to C at these points because C lies in the surfaces 𝑔1 =0 and 𝑔2 =0 . Therefore, ∇𝑓 lies in the plane determined by ∇𝑔1 and ∇𝑔2 , which means that ∇𝑓 =𝜆∇𝑔1 +𝜇∇𝑔2 for some 𝜆 and 𝜇 . Since the points we seek also lie in both surfaces, their coordinates must satisfy the equations 𝑔1(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 and 𝑔2(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 , which are the remaining requirements in Equations (2).

EXAMPLE 5 The plane 𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑧 =1 cuts the cylinder 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =1 in an ellipse (Figure 13.60). Find the points on the ellipse that lie closest to and farthest from the origin.

教材插图

FIGURE 13.60 On the ellipse where the plane and cylinder meet, we find the points closest to and farthest from the origin (Example 5).

Solution We find the extreme values of

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2

(the square of the distance from (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) to the origin) subject to the constraints

𝑔1(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2+𝑦2−1=0(3) 𝑔2(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥+𝑦+𝑧−1=0.(4)

The gradient equation in Equations (2) then gives

∇𝑓=𝜆∇𝑔1+𝜇∇𝑔22𝑥𝐢+2𝑦𝐣+2𝑧𝐤=𝜆(2𝑥𝐢+2𝑦𝐣)+𝜇(𝐢+𝐣+𝐤)2𝑥𝐢+2𝑦𝐣+2𝑧𝐤=(2𝜆𝑥+𝜇)𝐢+(2𝜆𝑦+𝜇)𝐣+𝜇𝐤,

or

2𝑥=2𝜆𝑥+𝜇,2𝑦=2𝜆𝑦+𝜇,2𝑧=𝜇.(5)

The scalar equations in Equations (5) yield

2𝑥=2𝜆𝑥+2𝑧⇒(1−𝜆)𝑥=𝑧,2𝑦=2𝜆𝑦+2𝑧⇒(1−𝜆)𝑦=𝑧.(6)

Equations (6) are satisfied simultaneously if either 𝜆 =1 and 𝑧 =0 or 𝜆 ≠1 and 𝑥 =𝑦 =𝑧/(1 −𝜆) .

In the first case, where z = 0, solving Equations (3) and (4) simultaneously to find the corresponding points on the ellipse gives the two points (1,0,0) and (0,1,0) . This makes sense when you look at Figure 13.60.

In the second case, where 𝑥 =𝑦 , Equations (3) and (4) give

𝑥2+𝑥2−1=0𝑥+𝑥+𝑧−1=02𝑥2=1𝑧=1−2𝑥𝑥=±√22𝑧=1∓√2.

The corresponding points on the ellipse are

𝑃1=(√22,√22,1−√2) and 𝑃2=(−√22,−√22,1+√2).

To find the points at maximum and minimum distance from the origin, we evaluate 𝑓 at the four critical points (1,0,0),(0,1,0),𝑃1 , and 𝑃2 . We see that

𝑓(1,0,0)=𝑓(0,1,0)=1,𝑓(𝑃1)=4−2√2, and 𝑓(𝑃2)=4+2√2.

The largest and smallest of these give the absolute extrema. Since

1<4−2√2<4+2√2,

we see that the absolute minimum value of 𝑓 is 1 and is attained when 𝑓 is evaluated at either (1,0,0) or (0,1,0) . The absolute maximum value of 𝑓 is 4 +2√2 and occurs when 𝑓 is evaluated at 𝑃2 . The value 𝑓(𝑃1) =4 −2√2 is neither the largest nor the smallest among the values of 𝑓 at the critical points, so 𝑓 does not have an absolute extremum at 𝑃1 .

The points on the ellipse closest to the origin are (1,0,0) and (0,1,0) . The point on the ellipse farthest from the origin is 𝑃2 . (See Figure 13.60.)

EXERCISES 13.8

Two Independent Variables with One Constraint

  1. Extrema on an ellipse Find the points on the ellipse 𝑥2 +2𝑦2 =1 where 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 has its extreme values.

  2. Extrema on a circle Find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 subject to the constraint 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 −10 =0 .

  3. Maximum on a line Find the maximum value of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =49 −𝑥2 −𝑦2 on the line 𝑥 +3𝑦 =10 .

  4. Extrema on a line Find the local extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2𝑦 on the line 𝑥 +𝑦 =3 .

  5. Constrained minimum Find the points on the curve 𝑥𝑦2 =54 nearest the origin.

  6. Constrained minimum Find the points on the curve 𝑥2𝑦 =2 nearest the origin.

  7. Use the method of Lagrange multipliers to find

a. Minimum on a hyperbola The minimum value of 𝑥 +𝑦 , subject to the constraints 𝑥𝑦 =16,𝑥 >0,𝑦 >0 .

b. Maximum on a line The maximum value of xy, subject to the constraint 𝑥 +𝑦 =16 .

Comment on the geometry of each solution.

  1. Extrema on a curve Find the points on the curve 𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 =1 in the xy-plane that are nearest to and farthest from the origin.

  2. Minimum surface area with fixed volume Find the dimensions of the closed right circular cylindrical can of smallest surface area whose volume is 16𝜋 𝑐𝑚3 .

  3. Cylinder in a sphere Find the radius and height of the open right circular cylinder of largest surface area that can be inscribed in a sphere of radius 𝑎 . What is the largest surface area?

  4. Rectangle of greatest area in an ellipse Use the method of Lagrange multipliers to find the dimensions of the rectangle of greatest area that can be inscribed in the ellipse 𝑥2/16 +𝑦2/9 =1 with sides parallel to the coordinate axes.

  5. Rectangle of longest perimeter in an ellipse Find the dimensions of the rectangle of largest perimeter that can be inscribed in the ellipse 𝑥2/𝑎2 +𝑦2/𝑏2 =1 with sides parallel to the coordinate axes. What is the largest perimeter?

  6. Extrema on a circle Find the maximum and minimum values of 𝑥2 +𝑦2 subject to the constraint 𝑥2 −2𝑥 +𝑦2 −4𝑦 =0 .

  7. Extrema on a circle Find the maximum and minimum values of 3𝑥 −𝑦 +6 subject to the constraint 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =4 .

  8. Ant on a metal plate The temperature at a point (𝑥,𝑦) on a metal plate is 𝑇(𝑥,𝑦) =4𝑥2 −4𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 . An ant on the plate walks around the circle of radius 5 centered at the origin. What are the highest and lowest temperatures encountered by the ant?

  9. Cheapest storage tank Your firm has been asked to design a storage tank for liquid petroleum gas. The customer’s specifications call for a cylindrical tank with hemispherical ends, and the tank is to hold 8000m3 of gas. The customer also wants to use the smallest amount of material possible in building the tank. What radius and height do you recommend for the cylindrical portion of the tank?

Three Independent Variables with One Constraint

  1. Minimum distance to a point Find the point on the plane 𝑥 +2𝑦 +3𝑧 =13 closest to the point (1,1,1) .

  2. Maximum distance to a point Find the point on the sphere 𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 =4 farthest from the point (1, −1,1) .

  3. Minimum distance to the origin Find the minimum distance from the surface 𝑥2 −𝑦2 −𝑧2 =1 to the origin.

  4. Minimum distance to the origin Find the point on the surface 𝑧 =𝑥𝑦 +1 nearest the origin.

  5. Minimum distance to the origin Find the points on the surface 𝑧2 =𝑥𝑦 +4 closest to the origin.

  6. Minimum distance to the origin Find the point(s) on the surface xyz = 1 closest to the origin.

  7. Extrema on a sphere Find the maximum and minimum values of

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥−2𝑦+5𝑧

on the sphere 𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 =30 .

  1. Extrema on a sphere Find the points on the sphere 𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 =25 where 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥 +2𝑦 +3𝑧 has its maximum and minimum values.

  2. Minimizing a sum of squares Find three real numbers whose sum is 9 and the sum of whose squares is as small as possible.

  3. Maximizing a product Find the largest product the positive numbers x, y, and z can have if 𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑧2 =16 .

  4. Rectangular box of largest volume in a sphere Find the dimensions of the closed rectangular box with maximum volume that can be inscribed in the unit sphere.

  5. Box with vertex on a plane Find the volume of the largest closed rectangular box in the first octant having three faces in the coordinate planes and a vertex on the plane 𝑥/𝑎 +𝑦/𝑏 +𝑧/𝑐 =1 , where 𝑎 >0 , 𝑏 >0 , and 𝑐 >0 .

  6. Hottest point on a space probe A space probe in the shape of the ellipsoid

4𝑥2+𝑦2+4𝑧2=16

enters Earth’s atmosphere and its surface begins to heat. After 1 hour, the temperature at the point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) on the probe’s surface is

𝑇(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=8𝑥2+4𝑦𝑧−16𝑧+600.

Find the hottest point on the probe’s surface.

  1. Extreme temperatures on a sphere Suppose that the Celsius temperature at the point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) on the sphere 𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 =1 is 𝑇 =400𝑥𝑦𝑧2 . Locate the highest and lowest temperatures on the sphere.

  2. Cobb–Douglas production function During the 1920s, Charles Cobb and Paul Douglas modeled total production output P (of a firm, industry, or entire economy) as a function of labor hours involved x and capital invested y (which includes the monetary worth of all buildings and equipment). The Cobb–Douglas production function is given by

𝑃(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑘𝑥𝛼𝑦1−𝛼,

where k and 𝛼 are constants representative of a particular firm or economy.

a. Show that a doubling of both labor and capital results in a doubling of production P.

b. Suppose a particular firm has the production function for 𝑘 =120 and 𝛼 =3/4 . Assume that each unit of labor costs 250𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑎𝑐ℎ𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑜𝑓𝑐𝑎𝑝𝑖𝑡𝑎𝑙𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑡𝑠400, and that the total expenses for all costs cannot exceed $100,000. Find the maximum production level for the firm.

  1. (Continuation of Exercise 31.) If the cost of a unit of labor is 𝑐1 and the cost of a unit of capital is 𝑐2 , and if the firm can spend only 𝐵 dollars as its total budget, then production 𝑃 is constrained by 𝑐1𝑥 +𝑐2𝑦 =𝐵 . Show that the maximum production level subject to the constraint occurs at the point
𝑥=𝛼𝐵𝑐1 and 𝑦=(1−𝛼)𝐵𝑐2.
  1. Maximizing a utility function: an example from economics In economics, the usefulness or utility of amounts 𝑥 and 𝑦 of two capital goods 𝐺1 and 𝐺2 is sometimes measured by a function 𝑈(𝑥,𝑦) . For example, 𝐺1 and 𝐺2 might be two chemicals a pharmaceutical company needs to have on hand, and 𝑈(𝑥,𝑦) might be the gain from manufacturing a product whose synthesis requires different amounts of the chemicals depending on the process used. If 𝐺1 costs 𝑎 dollars per kilogram, 𝐺2 costs 𝑏 dollars per kilogram, and the total amount allocated for the purchase of 𝐺1 and 𝐺2 together is 𝑐 dollars, then the company’s managers want to maximize 𝑈(𝑥,𝑦) given that 𝑎𝑥 +𝑏𝑦 =𝑐 . Thus, they need to solve a typical Lagrange multiplier problem.

Suppose that

𝑈(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥𝑦+2𝑥

and that the equation 𝑎𝑥 +𝑏𝑦 =𝑐 simplifies to

2𝑥+𝑦=30.

Find the maximum value of U and the corresponding values of x and y subject to this latter constraint.

  1. Blood types Human blood types are classified by three gene forms A, B, and O. Blood types AA, BB, and OO are homozygous, and blood types AB, AO, and BO are heterozygous. If p, q, and r represent the proportions of the three gene forms to the population, respectively, then the Hardy–Weinberg Law asserts that the proportion Q of heterozygous persons in any specific population is modeled by
𝑄(𝑝,𝑞,𝑟)=2(𝑝𝑞+𝑝𝑟+𝑞𝑟),

subject to 𝑝 +𝑞 +𝑟 =1 . Find the maximum value of Q.

  1. Length of a beam In Section 4.6, Exercise 47, we posed a problem of finding the length L of the shortest beam that can reach over a wall of height h to a tall building located k units from the wall. Use Lagrange multipliers to show that
𝐿=(ℎ2/3+𝑘2/3)3/2.
  1. Locating a radio telescope You are in charge of erecting a radio telescope on a newly discovered planet. To minimize interference, you want to place it where the magnetic field of the planet is weakest. The planet is spherical, with a radius of 6 units. Based on a coordinate system whose origin is at the center of the planet, the strength of the magnetic field is given by 𝑀(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =6𝑥 −𝑦2 +𝑥𝑧 +60 . Where should you locate the radio telescope?

Extreme Values Subject to Two Constraints

  1. Maximize the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +2𝑦 −𝑧2 subject to the constraints 2x - y = 0 and 𝑦 +𝑧 =0 .

  2. Minimize the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 subject to the constraints 𝑥 +2𝑦 +3𝑧 =6 and 𝑥 +3𝑦 +9𝑧 =9 .

  3. Minimum distance to the origin Find the point closest to the origin on the line of intersection of the planes 𝑦 +2𝑧 =12 and 𝑥 +𝑦 =6 .

  4. Find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =2𝑥2 +𝑦𝑧 on the intersection of the cylinder 𝑥2 +𝑧2 =9 and the plane 𝑦 −𝑧 =4 .

  5. Extrema on a curve of intersection Find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2𝑦𝑧 +1 on the intersection of the plane 𝑧 =1 with the sphere 𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 =10 .

  6. a. Maximum on line of intersection Find the maximum value of w = xyz on the line of intersection of the two planes 𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑧 =40 and 𝑥 +𝑦 −𝑧 =0 .

b. Give a geometric argument to support your claim that you have found a maximum, and not a minimum, value of w.

  1. Extrema on a circle of intersection Find the extreme values of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦 +𝑧2 on the circle in which the plane y-x=0 intersects the sphere 𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 =4 .

  2. Minimum distance to the origin Find the point closest to the origin on the curve of intersection of the plane 2𝑦 +4𝑧 =5 and the cone 𝑧2 =4𝑥2 +4𝑦2 .

Theory and Examples

  1. The condition ∇𝑓 =𝜆∇𝑔 is not sufficient Even though ∇𝑓 =𝜆∇𝑔 is a necessary condition for the occurrence of an extreme value of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) subject to the conditions 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =0 and ∇𝑔 ≠0 , it does not in itself guarantee that one exists. As a case in point, try using the method of Lagrange multipliers to find a maximum value of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥 +𝑦 subject to the constraint that xy = 16. The method will identify the two points (4, 4) and (-4, -4) as candidates for the location of extreme values. Yet the sum 𝑥 +𝑦 has no maximum value on the hyperbola xy = 16. The farther you go from the origin on this hyperbola in the first quadrant, the larger the sum 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥 +𝑦 becomes.

  2. A least squares plane The plane 𝑧 =𝐴𝑥 +𝐵𝑦 +𝐶 is to be “fitted” to the following points (𝑥𝑘,𝑦𝑘,𝑧𝑘) :

(0,0,0),(0,1,1),(1,1,1),(1,0,−1).

Find the values of A, B, and C that minimize

4∑𝑘=1(𝐴𝑥𝑘+𝐵𝑦𝑘+𝐶−𝑧𝑘)2,

the sum of the squares of the deviations.

  1. a. Maximum on a sphere Show that the maximum value of 𝑎2𝑏2𝑐2 on a sphere of radius 𝑟 centered at the origin of a Cartesian abc-coordinate system is (𝑟2/3)3 .

b. Geometric and arithmetic means Using part (a), show that for nonnegative numbers 𝑎 , 𝑏 , and 𝑐 ,

(𝑎𝑏𝑐)1/3≤𝑎+𝑏+𝑐3;

that is, the geometric mean of three nonnegative numbers is less than or equal to their arithmetic mean.

  1. Sum of products Let 𝑎1,𝑎2,…,𝑎𝑛 be n positive numbers. Find the maximum of ∑𝑛𝑖=1𝑎𝑖𝑥𝑖 subject to the constraint ∑𝑛𝑖=1𝑥2𝑖 =1 .

COMPUTER EXPLORATIONS

In Exercises 49–54, use a CAS to perform the following steps implementing the method of Lagrange multipliers for finding constrained extrema:

a. Form the function ℎ =𝑓 −𝜆1𝑔1 −𝜆2𝑔2 , where 𝑓 is the function to optimize subject to the constraints 𝑔1 =0 and 𝑔2 =0 .

b. Determine all the first partial derivatives of ℎ , including the partials with respect to 𝜆1 and 𝜆2 , and set them equal to 0.

c. Solve the system of equations found in part (b) for all the unknowns, including 𝜆1 and 𝜆2 .

d. Evaluate f at each of the solution points found in part (c), and select the extreme value subject to the constraints asked for in the exercise.

  1. Minimize 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦 +𝑦𝑧 subject to the constraints 𝑥2 +𝑦2 −2 =0 and 𝑥2 +𝑧2 −2 =0 .

  2. Minimize 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦𝑧 subject to the constraints 𝑥2 +𝑦2 −1 =0 and x-z=0.

  3. Maximize 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 subject to the constraints 2𝑦 +4𝑧 −5 =0 and 4𝑥2 +4𝑦2 −𝑧2 =0 .

  4. Minimize 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 subject to the constraints 𝑥2 −𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 −𝑧2 −1 =0 and 𝑥2 +𝑦2 −1 =0 .

  5. Minimize 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑤) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 +𝑤2 subject to the constraints 2𝑥 −𝑦 +𝑧 −𝑤 −1 =0 and 𝑥 +𝑦 −𝑧 +𝑤 −1 =0 .

  6. Determine the distance from the line 𝑦 =𝑥 +1 to the parabola 𝑦2 =𝑥 . (Hint: Let (𝑥,𝑦) be a point on the line and (𝑤,𝑧) a point on the parabola. You want to minimize (𝑥 −𝑤)2 +(𝑦 −𝑧)2 .)

13.9 Taylor’s Formula for Two Variables

In this section we use Taylor’s formula to derive the Second Derivative Test for local extreme values (Section 13.7) and the error formula for linearizations of functions of two independent variables (Section 13.6). The use of Taylor’s formula in these derivations leads to an extension of the formula that provides polynomial approximations of all orders for functions of two independent variables.

教材插图

Derivation of the Second Derivative Test

FIGURE 13.61 We begin the derivation of the Second Derivative Test at 𝑃(𝑎,𝑏) by parametrizing a typical line segment from P to a point S nearby.

Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) have continuous first and second partial derivatives in an open region R containing a point 𝑃(𝑎,𝑏) where 𝑓𝑥 =𝑓𝑦 =0 (Figure 13.61). Let h and k be increments small enough to put the point 𝑆(𝑎 +ℎ,𝑏 +𝑘) and the line segment joining it to P inside R. We parametrize the segment PS as

𝑥=𝑎+𝑡ℎ,𝑦=𝑏+𝑡𝑘,0≤𝑡≤1.

If 𝐹(𝑡) =𝑓(𝑎 +𝑡ℎ,𝑏 +𝑡𝑘) , the Chain Rule gives

𝐹′(𝑡)=𝑓𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡+𝑓𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡=ℎ𝑓𝑥+𝑘𝑓𝑦.

Since 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 are differentiable (because they have continuous partial derivatives), 𝐹′ is a differentiable function of 𝑡 and

𝐹′′=𝜕𝐹′𝜕𝑥𝑑𝑥𝑑𝑡+𝜕𝐹′𝜕𝑦𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑡=𝜕𝜕𝑥(ℎ𝑓𝑥+𝑘𝑓𝑦)⋅ℎ+𝜕𝜕𝑦(ℎ𝑓𝑥+𝑘𝑓𝑦)⋅𝑘=ℎ2𝑓𝑥𝑥+2ℎ𝑘𝑓𝑥𝑦+𝑘2𝑓𝑦𝑦.𝑓𝑥𝑦=𝑓𝑦𝑥

Since 𝐹 and 𝐹′ are continuous on [0,1] and 𝐹′ is differentiable on (0,1) , we can apply Taylor’s formula with 𝑛 =2 and 𝑎 =0 to obtain

𝐹(1)=𝐹(0)+𝐹′(0)(1−0)+𝐹′′(𝑐)(1−0)22=𝐹(0)+𝐹′(0)+12𝐹′′(𝑐)(1)

for some c between 0 and 1. Writing Equation (1) in terms of f gives

𝑓(𝑎+ℎ,𝑏+𝑘)=𝑓(𝑎,𝑏)+ℎ𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏)+𝑘𝑓𝑦(𝑎,𝑏)+12(ℎ2𝑓𝑥𝑥+2ℎ𝑘𝑓𝑥𝑦+𝑘2𝑓𝑦𝑦)∣(𝑎+𝑐ℎ,𝑏+𝑐𝑘).(2)

Since 𝑓𝑥(𝑎,𝑏) =𝑓𝑦(𝑎,𝑏) =0 , this reduces to

𝑓(𝑎+ℎ,𝑏+𝑘)−𝑓(𝑎,𝑏)=12(ℎ2𝑓𝑥𝑥+2ℎ𝑘𝑓𝑥𝑦+𝑘2𝑓𝑦𝑦)∣(𝑎+𝑐ℎ,𝑏+𝑐𝑘).(3)

To determine whether 𝑓 has an extremum at (𝑎,𝑏) , we examine the sign of the difference 𝑓(𝑎 +ℎ,𝑏 +𝑘) −𝑓(𝑎,𝑏) . By Equation (3), this is the same as the sign of

𝑄(𝑐)=(ℎ2𝑓𝑥𝑥+2ℎ𝑘𝑓𝑥𝑦+𝑘2𝑓𝑦𝑦)∣(𝑎+𝑐ℎ,𝑏+𝑐𝑘).

Now, if 𝑄(0) ≠0 , the sign of 𝑄(𝑐) will be the same as the sign of 𝑄(0) for sufficiently small values of ℎ and 𝑘 . We can predict the sign of

𝑄(0)=ℎ2𝑓𝑥𝑥(𝑎,𝑏)+2ℎ𝑘𝑓𝑥𝑦(𝑎,𝑏)+𝑘2𝑓𝑦𝑦(𝑎,𝑏)(4)

from the signs of 𝑓𝑥𝑥 and 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 at (𝑎,𝑏) . Multiply both sides of Equation (4) by 𝑓𝑥𝑥 and rearrange the right-hand side to get

𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑄(0)=(ℎ𝑓𝑥𝑥+𝑘𝑓𝑥𝑦)2+(𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦−𝑓2𝑥𝑦)𝑘2.(5)

From Equation (5) we see that

  1. If 𝑓𝑥𝑥 <0 and 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 >0 at (𝑎,𝑏) , then 𝑄(0) <0 for all sufficiently small nonzero values of ℎ and 𝑘 , and 𝑓 has a local maximum value at (𝑎,𝑏) .

  2. If 𝑓𝑥𝑥 >0 and 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 >0 at (𝑎,𝑏) , then 𝑄(0) >0 for all sufficiently small nonzero values of ℎ and 𝑘 , and 𝑓 has a local minimum value at (𝑎,𝑏) .

  3. If 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 <0 at (𝑎,𝑏) , there are combinations of arbitrarily small nonzero values of h and k for which 𝑄(0) >0 , and other values for which 𝑄(0) <0 . Arbitrarily close to the point 𝑃0(𝑎,𝑏,𝑓(𝑎,𝑏)) on the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) there are points above 𝑃0 and points below 𝑃0 , so f has a saddle point at (𝑎,𝑏) .

  4. If 𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑓𝑦𝑦 −𝑓2𝑥𝑦 =0 , another test is needed. The possibility that 𝑄(0) equals zero prevents us from drawing conclusions about the sign of 𝑄(𝑐) .

The Error Formula for Linear Approximations

We want to show that the difference 𝐸(𝑥,𝑦) between the values of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) and its linearization 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) at (𝑥0,𝑦0) satisfies the inequality

|𝐸(𝑥,𝑦)|≤12𝑀(|𝑥−𝑥0|+|𝑦−𝑦0|)2.

The function 𝑓 is assumed to have continuous second partial derivatives throughout an open set containing a closed rectangular region 𝑅 centered at (𝑥0,𝑦0) . The number 𝑀 is an upper bound for |𝑓𝑥𝑥|,|𝑓𝑦𝑦| , and |𝑓𝑥𝑦| on 𝑅 .

The inequality we want comes from Equation (2). We substitute 𝑥0 and 𝑦0 for 𝑎 and 𝑏 , and 𝑥 −𝑥0 and 𝑦 −𝑦0 for ℎ and 𝑘 , respectively, and rearrange the result as

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0)+𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑥−𝑥0)+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)(𝑦−𝑦0)⏟___________⏟___________⏟ linearization L(x,y) +12((𝑥−𝑥0)2𝑓𝑥𝑥+2(𝑥−𝑥0)(𝑦−𝑦0)𝑓𝑥𝑦+(𝑦−𝑦0)2𝑓𝑦𝑦)∣(𝑥0+𝑐(𝑥−𝑥0),𝑦0+𝑐(𝑦−𝑦0))⏟_________________⏟_________________⏟.

This equation reveals that

|𝐸|≤12(|𝑥−𝑥0|2∣𝑓𝑥𝑥|+2|𝑥−𝑥0||𝑦−𝑦0||𝑓𝑥𝑦|+|𝑦−𝑦0|2|𝑓𝑦𝑦|).

Hence, if 𝑀 is an upper bound for the values of |𝑓𝑥𝑥|,|𝑓𝑥𝑦| , and |𝑓𝑦𝑦| on 𝑅 , then

|𝐸|≤12(|𝑥−𝑥0|2𝑀+2|𝑥−𝑥0||𝑦−𝑦0|𝑀+|𝑦−𝑦0|2𝑀)=12𝑀(|𝑥−𝑥0|+|𝑦−𝑦0|)2.

Taylor’s Formula for Functions of Two Variables

The formulas derived earlier for 𝐹′ and 𝐹″ can be obtained by applying to 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) the differentiation operators

(ℎ𝜕𝜕𝑥+𝑘𝜕𝜕𝑦) and (ℎ𝜕𝜕𝑥+𝑘𝜕𝜕𝑦)2=ℎ2𝜕2𝜕𝑥2+2ℎ𝑘𝜕2𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦+𝑘2𝜕2𝜕𝑦2.

These are the first two instances of a more general formula,

𝐹(𝑛)(𝑡)=𝑑𝑛𝑑𝑡𝑛𝐹(𝑡)=(ℎ𝜕𝜕𝑥+𝑘𝜕𝜕𝑦)𝑛𝑓(𝑥,𝑦),(6)

which says that applying 𝑑𝑛/𝑑𝑡𝑛 to 𝐹(𝑡) gives the same result as applying the operator

(ℎ𝜕𝜕𝑥+𝑘𝜕𝜕𝑦)𝑛

to 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) after expanding it by the Binomial Theorem.

If the partial derivatives of 𝑓 through order 𝑛 +1 are continuous throughout a rectangular region centered at (𝑎,𝑏) , we may extend the Taylor formula for 𝐹(𝑡) to

𝐹(𝑡)=𝐹(0)+𝐹′(0)𝑡+𝐹′′(0)2!𝑡2+⋯+𝐹(𝑛)(0)𝑛!𝑡(𝑛)+ remainder ,

and take t = 1 to obtain

𝐹(1)=𝐹(0)+𝐹′(0)+𝐹′′(0)2!+⋯+𝐹(𝑛)(0)𝑛!+ remainder .

When we replace the first n derivatives on the right of this last series by their equivalent expressions from Equation (6) evaluated at t = 0 and add the appropriate remainder term, we arrive at the following formula.

Taylor’s Formula for 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at the Point (𝑎,𝑏)

Suppose 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) and its partial derivatives through order 𝑛 +1 are continuous throughout an open rectangular region 𝑅 centered at a point (𝑎,𝑏) . Then, throughout 𝑅 ,

𝑓(𝑎+ℎ,𝑏+𝑘)=𝑓(𝑎,𝑏)+(ℎ𝑓𝑥+𝑘𝑓𝑦)∣(𝑎,𝑏)+12!(ℎ2𝑓𝑥𝑥+2ℎ𝑘𝑓𝑥𝑦+𝑘2𝑓𝑦𝑦)∣(𝑎,𝑏)+13!(ℎ3𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑥+3ℎ2𝑘𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑦+3ℎ𝑘2𝑓𝑥𝑦𝑦+𝑘3𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦)∣(𝑎,𝑏)+⋯+1𝑛!(ℎ𝜕𝜕𝑥+𝑘𝜕𝜕𝑦)𝑛𝑓∣(𝑎,𝑏)+1(𝑛+1)!(ℎ𝜕𝜕𝑥+𝑘𝜕𝜕𝑦)𝑛+1𝑓∣(𝑎+𝑐ℎ,𝑏+𝑐𝑘).(7)

The first n derivative terms are evaluated at (𝑎,𝑏) . The last term is evaluated at some point (𝑎 +𝑐ℎ,𝑏 +𝑐𝑘) on the line segment joining (𝑎,𝑏) and (𝑎 +ℎ,𝑏 +𝑘) .

If (𝑎,𝑏) =(0,0) and we treat h and k as independent variables (denoting them now by x and y), then Equation (7) assumes the following form.

Taylor’s Formula for 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at the Origin

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(0,0)+𝑥𝑓𝑥+𝑦𝑓𝑦+12!(𝑥2𝑓𝑥𝑥+2𝑥𝑦𝑓𝑥𝑦+𝑦2𝑓𝑦𝑦)+13!(𝑥3𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑥+3𝑥2𝑦𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑦+3𝑥𝑦2𝑓𝑥𝑦𝑦+𝑦3𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦)+⋯+1𝑛!(𝑥𝑛𝜕𝑛𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑛+𝑛𝑥𝑛−1𝑦𝜕𝑛𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑛−1𝜕𝑦+⋯+𝑦𝑛𝜕𝑛𝑓𝜕𝑦𝑛)+1(𝑛+1)!(𝑥𝑛+1𝜕𝑛+1𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑛+1+(𝑛+1)𝑥𝑛𝑦𝜕𝑛+1𝑓𝜕𝑥𝑛𝜕𝑦+⋯+𝑦𝑛+1𝜕𝑛+1𝑓𝜕𝑦𝑛+1)∣(𝑐𝑥,𝑐𝑦)(8)

The first n derivative terms are evaluated at (0,0) . The last term is evaluated at a point on the line segment joining the origin and (𝑥,𝑦) .

Taylor’s formula provides polynomial approximations of two-variable functions. The first 𝑛 derivative terms give the polynomial; the last term gives the approximation error. The first three terms of Taylor’s formula give the function’s linearization. To improve on the linearization, we add higher-power terms.

EXAMPLE 1 Find a quadratic approximation to 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =sin⁡𝑥sin⁡𝑦 near the origin. How accurate is the approximation if |𝑥| ≤0.1 and |𝑦| ≤0.1 ?

Solution We take n = 2 in Equation (8):

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑓(0,0)+(𝑥𝑓𝑥+𝑦𝑓𝑦)+12(𝑥2𝑓𝑥𝑥+2𝑥𝑦𝑓𝑥𝑦+𝑦2𝑓𝑦𝑦)+16(𝑥3𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑥+3𝑥2𝑦𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑦+3𝑥𝑦2𝑓𝑥𝑦𝑦+𝑦3𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦)∣(𝑐𝑥,𝑐𝑦).

Calculating the values of the partial derivatives,

𝑓(0,0)=sin⁡𝑥sin⁡𝑦∣(0,0)=0,𝑓𝑥𝑥(0,0)=−sin⁡𝑥sin⁡𝑦∣(0,0)=0, 𝑓𝑥(0,0)=cos⁡𝑥sin⁡𝑦∣(0,0)=0,𝑓𝑥𝑦(0,0)=cos⁡𝑥cos⁡𝑦|(0,0)=1, 𝑓𝑦(0,0)=sin⁡𝑥cos⁡𝑦∣(0,0)=0,𝑓𝑦𝑦(0,0)=−sin⁡𝑥sin⁡𝑦∣(0,0)=0,

we have the result

sin⁡𝑥sin⁡𝑦 ≈0 +0 +0 +12(𝑥2(0) +2𝑥𝑦(1) +𝑦2(0)) , or sin⁡𝑥sin⁡𝑦 ≈𝑥𝑦 .

The error in the approximation is

𝐸(𝑥,𝑦)=16(𝑥3𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑥+3𝑥2𝑦𝑓𝑥𝑥𝑦+3𝑥𝑦2𝑓𝑥𝑦𝑦+𝑦3𝑓𝑦𝑦𝑦)∣(𝑐𝑥,𝑐𝑦).

The third derivatives never exceed 1 in absolute value because they are products of sines and cosines. Also, |𝑥| ≤0.1 and |𝑦| ≤0.1 . Hence

|𝐸(𝑥,𝑦)|≤16((0.1)3+3(0.1)3+3(0.1)3+(0.1)3)=86(0.1)3≤0.00134

(rounded up). The error will not exceed 0.00134 if |𝑥| ≤0.1 and |𝑦| ≤0.1 .

Exercises 13.9

Finding Quadratic and Cubic Approximations

In Exercises 1–10, use Taylor’s formula for 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at the origin to find quadratic and cubic approximations of f near the origin.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑒𝑦

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒𝑥cos⁡𝑦

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦sin⁡𝑥

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =sin⁡𝑥cos⁡𝑦

  5. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒𝑥ln⁡(1 +𝑦)

  6. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =ln⁡(2𝑥 +𝑦 +1)

  7. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =sin⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2)

  8. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =cos⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2)

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=11−𝑥−𝑦10.𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=11−𝑥−𝑦+𝑥𝑦
  1. Use Taylor’s formula to find a quadratic approximation of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =cos⁡𝑥cos⁡𝑦 at the origin. Estimate the error in the approximation if |𝑥| ≤0.1 and |𝑦| ≤0.1 .

  2. Use Taylor’s formula to find a quadratic approximation of 𝑒𝑥sin⁡𝑦 at the origin. Estimate the error in the approximation if |𝑥| ≤0.1 and |𝑦| ≤0.1 .

13.10 Partial Derivatives with Constrained Variables

In finding partial derivatives of functions like 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) , we have assumed x and y to be independent. In many applications, however, this is not the case. For example, the internal energy U of a gas may be expressed as a function 𝑈 =𝑓(𝑃,𝑉,𝑇) of pressure P, volume V, and temperature T. If the individual molecules of the gas do not interact, however, P, V, and T obey (and are constrained by) the ideal gas law

𝑃𝑉=𝑛𝑅𝑇(𝑛 and 𝑅 constant ),

and fail to be independent. In this section we learn how to find partial derivatives in situations like this, which occur in economics, engineering, and physics.

Decide Which Variables Are Dependent and Which Are Independent

If the variables in a function 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) are constrained by a relation like the one imposed on x, y, and z by the equation 𝑧 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 , the geometric meanings and the numerical values of the partial derivatives of f will depend on which variables are chosen to be dependent and which are chosen to be independent. To see how this choice can affect the outcome, we consider the calculation of 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 when 𝑤 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 and 𝑧 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 .

 **EXAMPLE 1**  Find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 if 𝑤=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2 and 𝑧=𝑥2+𝑦2.

Solution We are given two equations in the four unknowns x, y, z, and w. Like many such systems, this one can be solved for two of the unknowns (the dependent variables) in terms of the others (the independent variables). In being asked for 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 , we are told that w is to be a dependent variable and x an independent variable. The possible choices for the other variables come down to

Dependent Independent

Choice 1:𝑤,𝑧Choice 2:𝑤,𝑦𝑥,𝑦𝑥,𝑧

In either case, we can express w explicitly in terms of the selected independent variables. We do this by using the second equation 𝑧 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 to eliminate the remaining dependent variable in the first equation.

In the first case, the remaining dependent variable is 𝑧 . We eliminate it from the first equation by replacing it by 𝑥2 +𝑦2 . The resulting expression for 𝑤 is

𝑤=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2=𝑥2+𝑦2+(𝑥2+𝑦2)2=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑥4+2𝑥2𝑦2+𝑦4

教材插图

FIGURE 13.62 If P is constrained to lie on the paraboloid 𝑧 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 , the value of the partial derivative of 𝑤 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 with respect to x at P depends on the direction of motion (Example 1). (1) As x changes, with y = 0, P moves up or down the surface on the parabola 𝑧 =𝑥2 in the xz-plane with 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 =2𝑥 +4𝑥3 . (2) As x changes, with z = 1, P moves on the circle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =1 , z = 1, and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 =0 .

and therefore

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥=2𝑥+4𝑥3+4𝑥𝑦2.(1)

This is the formula for 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 when 𝑥 and 𝑦 are the independent variables.

In the second case, where the independent variables are x and z and the remaining dependent variable is y, we eliminate the dependent variable y in the expression for w by replacing 𝑦2 in the second equation by 𝑧 −𝑥2 . This gives

and therefore

𝑤=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2=𝑥2+(𝑧−𝑥2)+𝑧2=𝑧+𝑧2 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥=0.(2)

This is the formula for 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 when x and z are the independent variables.

The formulas for 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 in Equations (1) and (2) are genuinely different. We cannot change either formula into the other by using the relation 𝑧 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 . There is not just one 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 , there are two, and we see that the original instruction to find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 was incomplete. Which 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 ? we ask.

The geometric interpretations of Equations (1) and (2) help to explain why the equations differ. The function 𝑤 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 measures the square of the distance from the point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) to the origin. The condition 𝑧 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 says that the point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) lies on the paraboloid of revolution shown in Figure 13.62. What does it mean to calculate 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 at a point 𝑃(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) that can move only on this surface? What is the value of 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 when the coordinates of P are, say, (1, 0, 1)?

If we take 𝑥 and 𝑦 to be independent, then we find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 by holding 𝑦 fixed (at 𝑦 =0 in this case) and letting 𝑥 vary. Hence, 𝑃 moves along the parabola 𝑧 =𝑥2 in the 𝑥𝑧 -plane. As 𝑃 moves on this parabola, 𝑤 , which is the square of the distance from 𝑃 to the origin, changes. We calculate 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 in this case (our first solution above) to be

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥=2𝑥+4𝑥3+4𝑥𝑦2.

At the point 𝑃(1,0,1) , the value of this derivative is

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥=2+4+0=6.

If we take x and z to be independent, then we find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 by holding z fixed while x varies. Since the z-coordinate of P is 1, varying x moves P along a circle in the plane z = 1. As P moves along this circle, its distance from the origin remains constant, and w, being the square of this distance, does not change. That is,

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥=0,

as we found in our second solution.

How to Find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 When the Variables in 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) Are Constrained by Another Equation

As we saw in Example 1, a typical routine for finding 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 when the variables in the function 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) are related by another equation has three steps. These steps apply to finding 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑦 and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑧 as well.

  1. Decide which variables are to be dependent and which are to be independent. (In practice, the decision is based on the physical or theoretical context of our work. In the exercises at the end of this section, we say which variables are which.)

  2. Eliminate the other dependent variable(s) in the expression for w.

  3. Differentiate as usual.

If we cannot carry out Step 2 after deciding which variables are dependent, we differentiate the equations as they are and try to solve for 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 afterward. The next example shows how this is done.

EXAMPLE 2 Find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 at the point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =(2, −1,1) if

𝑤=𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2,𝑧3−𝑥𝑦+𝑦𝑧+𝑦3=1,

and x and y are the independent variables.

Solution It is not convenient to eliminate z in the expression for w. We therefore differentiate both equations implicitly with respect to x, treating x and y as independent variables and w and z as dependent variables. This gives

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥=2𝑥+2𝑧𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥(3)

and

3𝑧2𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥−𝑦+𝑦𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥+0=0.(4)

These equations may now be combined to express 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 in terms of 𝑥,𝑦 , and 𝑧 . We solve Equation (4) for 𝜕𝑧/𝜕𝑥 to get

𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥=𝑦𝑦+3𝑧2

and substitute into Equation (3) to get

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥=2𝑥+2𝑦𝑧𝑦+3𝑧2.

The value of this derivative at (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =(2, −1,1) is

HISTORICAL BIOGRAPHY

Sonya Kovalevsky (1850–1891)

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥∣(2,−1,1)=2(2)+2(−1)(1)−1+3(1)2=4+−22=3.

Kovalevsky, a Russian mathematician, primarily worked on the theory of partial differential equations, and a central result on the existence of solutions still bears her name. She published numerous papers on partial differential equations, eventually gaining recognition as the first woman to be elected a member of the Russian Imperial Academy of Sciences in 1889.

To know more, visit the companion Website.

Notation

To show what variables are assumed to be independent in calculating a derivative, we can use the following notation:

(𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥)𝑦𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 with 𝑥 and 𝑦 independent  (𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦)𝑥,𝑡𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 with 𝑦,𝑥, and 𝑡 independent.   **EXAMPLE 3**  Find (𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥)𝑦,𝑧 if 𝑤=𝑥2+𝑦−𝑧+sin⁡𝑡 and 𝑥+𝑦=𝑡.

Solution With x, y, z independent, we have

𝑡=𝑥+𝑦,𝑤=𝑥2+𝑦−𝑧+sin⁡(𝑥+𝑦)(𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥)𝑦,𝑧=2𝑥+0−0+cos⁡(𝑥+𝑦)𝜕𝜕𝑥(𝑥+𝑦)=2𝑥+cos⁡(𝑥+𝑦).

Arrow Diagrams

In solving problems like the one in Example 3, it often helps to start with an arrow diagram that shows how the variables and functions are related. If

𝑤=𝑥2+𝑦−𝑧+sin⁡𝑡 and 𝑥+𝑦=𝑡

and we are asked to find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 when x, y, and z are independent, the appropriate diagram is one like this:

⎛⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜⎝𝑥𝑦𝑧⎞⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟⎠→⎛⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜⎝𝑥𝑦𝑧𝑡⎞⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟⎠→𝑤 Independent variables  Intermediate variables  Dependent variable (5)

To avoid confusion between the independent and intermediate variables with the same symbolic names in the diagram, it is helpful to rename the intermediate variables (so they are seen as functions of the independent variables). Thus, let u = x, v = y, and s = z denote the renamed intermediate variables. With this notation, the arrow diagram becomes

⎛⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜⎝𝑥𝑦𝑧⎞⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟⎠→⎛⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜ ⎜⎝𝑢𝑣𝑠𝑡⎞⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟⎠Independent variablesIntermediate variables and relationsDependent variable𝑢=𝑥𝑣=𝑦𝑠=𝑧𝑡=𝑥+𝑦(6)

The diagram shows the independent variables on the left, the intermediate variables and their relation to the independent variables in the middle, and the dependent variable on the right. The function w now becomes

𝑤=𝑢2+𝑣−𝑠+sin⁡𝑡,

where

𝑢=𝑥,𝑣=𝑦,𝑠=𝑧, and 𝑡=𝑥+𝑦.

To find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 , we apply the four-variable form of the Chain Rule to 𝑤 , guided by the arrow diagram in Equation (6):

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥=𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑢𝜕𝑢𝜕𝑥+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑣𝜕𝑣𝜕𝑥+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑠𝜕𝑠𝜕𝑥+𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑡𝜕𝑡𝜕𝑥=(2𝑢)(1)+(1)(0)+(−1)(0)+(cos⁡𝑡)(1)=2𝑢+cos⁡𝑡=2𝑥+cos⁡(𝑥+𝑦).

EXERCISES 13.10

Finding Partial Derivatives with Constrained Variables

In Exercises 1–3, begin by drawing a diagram that shows the relations among the variables.

  1. If 𝑤 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 and 𝑧 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 , find a. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦)𝑧 b. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧)𝑥 c. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧)𝑦 .

  2. If 𝑤 =𝑥2 +𝑦 −𝑧 +sin⁡𝑡 and 𝑥 +𝑦 =𝑡 , find a. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦)𝑥,𝑧 b. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦)𝑧,𝑡 c. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧)𝑥,𝑦 d. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧)𝑦,𝑡 e. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑡)𝑥,𝑧 f. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑡)𝑦,𝑧 .

  3. Let 𝑈 =𝑓(𝑃,𝑉,𝑇) be the internal energy of a gas that obeys the ideal gas law 𝑃𝑉 =𝑛𝑅𝑇 ( 𝑛 and 𝑅 constant). Find a. (𝜕𝑈𝜕𝑃)𝑉 b. (𝜕𝑈𝜕𝑇)𝑉 .

Show that the equations

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥=2𝑥−1 and 𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥=2𝑥−2

each give 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 , depending on which variables are chosen to be dependent and which variables are chosen to be independent. Identify the independent variables in each case.

  1. Find a. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥)𝑦 b. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧)𝑦 at the point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =(0,1,𝜋) if 𝑤 =𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 and 𝑦sin⁡𝑧 +𝑧sin⁡𝑥 =0 .

  2. Find a. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦)𝑥 b. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦)𝑧 at the point (𝑤,𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =(4,2,1, −1) if 𝑤 =𝑥2𝑦2 +𝑦𝑧 −𝑧3 and 𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 =6 .

  3. Find (𝜕𝑢/𝜕𝑦)𝑥 at the point (𝑢,𝑣) =(√2,1) if 𝑥 =𝑢2 +𝑣2 and 𝑦 =𝑢𝑣 .

  4. Suppose that 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =𝑟2 and 𝑥 =𝑟cos⁡𝜃 , as in polar coordinates. Find

(𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑟)𝜃 and (𝜕𝑟𝜕𝑥)𝑦.
  1. Suppose that 𝑤 =𝑥2 −𝑦2 +4𝑧 +𝑡 and 𝑥 +2𝑧 +𝑡 =25.

Theory and Examples

  1. Establish the fact, widely used in hydrodynamics, that if 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 , then
(𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦)𝑧(𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑧)𝑥(𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥)𝑦=−1.

(Hint: Express all the derivatives in terms of the formal partial derivatives 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 , 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 , and 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑧 .)

  1. If 𝑧 =𝑥 +𝑓(𝑢) , where 𝑢 =𝑥𝑦 , show that
𝑥𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥−𝑦𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑦=𝑥.
  1. Suppose that the equation 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 determines 𝑧 as a differentiable function of the independent variables 𝑥 and 𝑦 and that 𝑔𝑧 ≠0 . Show that
(𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑦)𝑥=−𝜕𝑔/𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑔/𝜕𝑧.
  1. Suppose that 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑤) =0 and 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧,𝑤) =0 determine 𝑧 and 𝑤 as differentiable functions of the independent variables 𝑥 and 𝑦 , and suppose that
𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑤−𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑧≠0.

Show that

(𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑥)𝑦=−𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑤−𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑤−𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑧

and

(𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦)𝑥=−𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑦−𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑧𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑤−𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑧.

CHAPTER 13 Questions to Guide Your Review

  1. What is a real-valued function of two independent variables? Three independent variables? Give examples.

  2. What does it mean for sets in the plane or in space to be open? Closed? Give examples. Give examples of sets that are neither open nor closed.

  3. How can you display the values of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) of two independent variables graphically? How do you do the same for a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) of three independent variables?

  4. What does it mean for a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) to have limit 𝐿 as (𝑥,𝑦) →(𝑥0,𝑦0) ? What are the basic properties of limits of functions of two independent variables?

  5. When is a function of two (three) independent variables continuous at a point in its domain? Give examples of functions that are continuous at some points but not others.

  6. What can be said about algebraic combinations and compositions of continuous functions?

  7. Explain the two-path test for nonexistence of limits.

  8. How are the partial derivatives 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑓/𝜕𝑦 of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) defined? How are they interpreted and calculated?

  9. How does the relation between first partial derivatives and continuity of functions of two independent variables differ from the relation between first derivatives and continuity for real-valued functions of a single independent variable? Give an example.

  10. What is the Mixed Derivative Theorem for mixed second-order partial derivatives? How can it help in calculating partial derivatives of second and higher orders? Give examples.

  11. What does it mean for a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) to be differentiable? What does the Increment Theorem say about differentiability?

  12. How can you sometimes decide from examining 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 that a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is differentiable? What is the relation between the differentiability of f and the continuity of f at a point?

  13. What is the general Chain Rule? What form does it take for functions of two independent variables? Three independent variables? Functions defined on surfaces? How do you diagram these different forms? Give examples. What pattern enables one to remember all the different forms?

  14. What is the derivative of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at a point 𝑃0 in the direction of a unit vector u? What rate does it describe? What geometric interpretation does it have? Give examples.

  15. What is the gradient vector of a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) ? How is it related to the function’s directional derivatives? State the analogous results for functions of three independent variables.

  16. How do you find the tangent line at a point on a level curve of a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) ? How do you find the tangent

plane and normal line at a point on a level surface of a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) ? Give examples.

  1. How can you use directional derivatives to estimate change?

  2. How do you linearize a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) of two independent variables at a point (𝑥0,𝑦0) ? Why might you want to do this? How do you linearize a function of three independent variables?

  3. What can you say about the accuracy of linear approximations of functions of two (three) independent variables?

  4. If (𝑥,𝑦) moves from (𝑥0,𝑦0) to a point (𝑥0 +𝑑𝑥,𝑦0 +𝑑𝑦) nearby, how can you estimate the resulting change in the value of a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) ? Give an example.

  5. How do you define local maxima, local minima, and saddle points for a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) ? Give examples.

  6. What derivative tests are available for determining the local extreme values of a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) ? How do they enable you to narrow your search for these values? Give examples.

  7. How do you find the extrema of a continuous function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) on a closed bounded region of the 𝑥𝑦 -plane? Give an example.

  8. Describe the method of Lagrange multipliers and give examples.

  9. How does Taylor’s formula for a function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) generate polynomial approximations and error estimates?

  10. If 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) , where the variables x, y, and z are constrained by an equation 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =0 , what is the meaning of the notation (𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥)𝑦 ? How can an arrow diagram help you calculate this partial derivative with constrained variables? Give examples.

CHAPTER 13 Practice Exercises

Domain, Range, and Level Curves

In Exercises 1–4, find the domain and range of the given function and identify its level curves. Sketch a typical level curve.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =9𝑥2 +𝑦2

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒𝑥+𝑦

  3. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =1/𝑥𝑦

  4. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =√𝑥2−𝑦

In Exercises 5–8, find the domain and range of the given function and identify its level surfaces. Sketch a typical level surface.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 −𝑧

  2. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2 +4𝑦2 +9𝑧2

  3. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =1𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2

  4. 𝑘(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =1𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2+1

Evaluating Limits

Find the limits in Exercises 9–14.

  1. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(𝜋,ln⁡2)𝑒𝑦cos⁡𝑥

  2. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)2+𝑦𝑥+cos⁡𝑦

  3. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(1,1)𝑥−𝑦𝑥2−𝑦2

  4. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(1,1)𝑥3𝑦3−1𝑥𝑦−1

  5. lim𝑃→(1,−1,𝑒)ln⁡|𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑧|

  6. lim𝑃→(1,−1,−1)arctan⁡(𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑧)

By considering different paths of approach, show that the limits in Exercises 15 and 16 do not exist.

  1. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑦≠𝑥2𝑦𝑥2−𝑦

  2. lim(𝑥,𝑦)→(0,0)𝑥𝑦≠0𝑥2+𝑦2𝑥𝑦

  3. Continuous extension Let 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =(𝑥2 −𝑦2)/(𝑥2 +𝑦2) for (𝑥,𝑦) ≠(0,0) . Is it possible to define 𝑓(0,0) in a way that makes 𝑓 continuous at the origin? Why?

  4. Continuous extension Let

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)={sin⁡(𝑥−𝑦)|𝑥|+|𝑦|,|𝑥|+|𝑦|≠00,(𝑥,𝑦)=(0,0).

Is 𝑓 continuous at the origin? Why?

Partial Derivatives

In Exercises 19–24, find the partial derivative of the function with respect to each variable.

  1. 𝑔(𝑟,𝜃) =𝑟cos⁡𝜃 +𝑟sin⁡𝜃

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =12ln⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2) +arctan⁡𝑦𝑥

  3. 𝑓(𝑅1,𝑅2,𝑅3) =1𝑅1 +1𝑅2 +1𝑅3

  4. ℎ(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =sin⁡(2𝜋𝑥 +𝑦 −3𝑧)

  5. 𝑃(𝑛,𝑅,𝑇,𝑉) =𝑛𝑅𝑇𝑉 (the ideal gas law)

  6. 𝑓(𝑟,𝑙,𝑇,𝑤) =12𝑟𝑙√𝑇𝜋𝑤

Second-Order Partials

Find the second-order partial derivatives of the functions in Exercises 25–28.

  1. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦 +𝑥𝑦

  2. 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑒𝑥 +𝑦sin⁡𝑥

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥 +𝑥𝑦 −5𝑥3 +ln⁡(𝑥2 +1)

  4. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑦2 −3𝑥𝑦 +cos⁡𝑦 +7𝑒𝑦

Chain Rule Calculations

  1. Find 𝑑𝑤/𝑑𝑡 at 𝑡 =0 if 𝑤 =sin⁡(𝑥𝑦 +𝜋) , 𝑥 =𝑒𝑡 , and 𝑦 =ln⁡(𝑡 +1) .

  2. Find 𝑑𝑤/𝑑𝑡 at 𝑡 =1 if 𝑤 =𝑥𝑒𝑦 +𝑦sin⁡𝑧 −cos⁡𝑧 , 𝑥 =2√𝑡 , 𝑦 =𝑡 −1 +ln⁡𝑡 , and 𝑧 =𝜋𝑡 .

  3. Find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑟 and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑠 when 𝑟 =𝜋 and 𝑠 =0 if 𝑤 =sin⁡(2𝑥 −𝑦),𝑥 =𝑟 +sin⁡𝑠,𝑦 =𝑟𝑠 .

  4. Find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑢𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑣𝜕𝑥 when 𝑢 =𝑣 =0 if 𝑤 =ln⁡√1+𝑥2 −tan−1⁡𝑥 and 𝑥 =2𝑒𝑢cos⁡𝑣 .

  5. Find the value of the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦 +𝑦𝑧 +𝑥𝑧 with respect to t on the curve 𝑥 =cos⁡𝑡 , 𝑦 =sin⁡𝑡 , 𝑧 =cos⁡2𝑡 at t=1.

  6. Show that if 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑠) is any differentiable function of 𝑠 and if 𝑠 =𝑦 +5𝑥 , then

𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥−5𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦=0.

Implicit Differentiation

Assuming that the equations in Exercises 35 and 36 define 𝑦 as a differentiable function of 𝑥 , find the value of 𝑑𝑦/𝑑𝑥 at point 𝑃 .

35.1−𝑥−𝑦2−sin⁡𝑥𝑦=0,𝑃(0,1)
  1. 2𝑥𝑦 +𝑒𝑥+𝑦 −2 =0,𝑃(0,ln⁡2)

Directional Derivatives

In Exercises 37–40, find the directions in which f increases and decreases most rapidly at 𝑃0 and find the derivative of f in each direction. Also, find the derivative of f at 𝑃0 in the direction of the vector v.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =cos⁡𝑥cos⁡𝑦, 𝑃0(𝜋/4,𝜋/4), 𝐯 =3𝐢 +4𝐣

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2𝑒−2𝑦,𝑃0(1,0),𝐯 =𝐢 +𝐣

  3. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =ln⁡(2𝑥 +3𝑦 +6𝑧) , 𝑃0( −1, −1,1) ,

𝐯=2𝐢+3𝐣+6𝐤 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=𝑥2+3𝑥𝑦−𝑧2+2𝑦+𝑧+4,𝑃0(0,0,0), 𝐯=𝐢+𝐣+𝐤
  1. Derivative in velocity direction Find the derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦𝑧 in the direction of the velocity vector of the helix
𝐫(𝑡)=(cos⁡3𝑡)𝐢+(sin⁡3𝑡)𝐣+3𝑡𝐤

at 𝑡 =𝜋/3

  1. Maximum directional derivative What is the largest value that the directional derivative of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦𝑧 can have at the point (1, 1, 1)?

  2. Directional derivatives with given values At the point (1,2) , the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) has a derivative of 2 in the direction toward (2,2) and a derivative of -2 in the direction toward (1,1) .

a. Find 𝑓𝑥(1,2) and 𝑓𝑦(1,2) .

b. Find the derivative of 𝑓 at (1, 2) in the direction toward the point (4, 6).

  1. Which of the following statements are true if 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is differentiable at (𝑥0,𝑦0) ? Give reasons for your answers.

a. If 𝐮 is a unit vector, the derivative of 𝑓 at (𝑥0,𝑦0) in the direction of 𝐮 is (𝑓𝑥(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝐢+𝑓𝑦(𝑥0,𝑦0)𝐣) ⋅𝐮 .

b. The derivative of f at (𝑥0,𝑦0) in the direction of u is a vector.

c. The directional derivative of 𝑓 at (𝑥0,𝑦0) has its greatest value in the direction of ∇𝑓 .

d. At (𝑥0,𝑦0) , vector ∇𝑓 is normal to the curve 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0) .

Gradients, Tangent Planes, and Normal Lines

In Exercises 45 and 46, sketch the surface 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑐 together with ∇𝑓 at the given points.

45.𝑥2+𝑦+𝑧2=0;(0,−1,±1),(0,0,0) 46.𝑦2+𝑧2=4;(2,±2,0),(2,0,±2)

In Exercises 47 and 48, find an equation for the plane tangent to the level surface 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑐 at the point 𝑃0 . Also, find parametric equations for the line that is normal to the surface at 𝑃0 .

47.𝑥2−𝑦−5𝑧=0,𝑃0(2,−1,1) 48.𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧=4,𝑃0(1,1,2)

In Exercises 49 and 50, find an equation for the plane tangent to the surface 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at the given point.

49.𝑧=ln⁡(𝑥2+𝑦2),(0,1,0)
  1. 𝑧 =1/(𝑥2 +𝑦2), (1,1,1/2)

In Exercises 51 and 52, find equations for the lines that are tangent and normal to the level curve 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑐 at the point 𝑃0 . Then sketch the lines and level curve together with ∇𝑓 at 𝑃0 .

  1. 𝑦 −sin⁡𝑥 =1,𝑃0(𝜋,1)

  2. 𝑦22 −𝑥22 =32,𝑃0(1,2)

Tangent Lines to Curves

In Exercises 53 and 54, find parametric equations for the line that is tangent to the curve of intersection of the surfaces at the given point.

  1. Surfaces: 𝑥2 +2𝑦 +2𝑧 =4, 𝑦 =1

Point: (1,1,1/2)

  1. Surfaces: 𝑥 +𝑦2 +𝑧 =2 , y = 1

Point: (1/2,1,1/2)

Linearizations

In Exercises 55 and 56, find the linearization 𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) of the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at the point 𝑃0 . Then find an upper bound for the magnitude of the error E in the approximation 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) ≈𝐿(𝑥,𝑦) over the rectangle R.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =sin⁡𝑥cos⁡𝑦, 𝑃0(𝜋/4,𝜋/4)
𝑅:∣𝑥−𝜋4∣≤0.1,∣𝑦−𝜋4∣≤0.1
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 −3𝑦2 +2, 𝑃0(1,1)
𝑅:|𝑥−1|≤0.1,|𝑦−1|≤0.2

Find the linearizations of the functions in Exercises 57 and 58 at the given points.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥𝑦 +2𝑦𝑧 −3𝑥𝑧 at (1,0,0) and (1,1,0)

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =√2cos⁡𝑥sin⁡(𝑦 +𝑧) at (0,0,𝜋/4) (𝜋/4,𝜋/4,0)

and

Estimates and Sensitivity to Change

  1. Measuring the volume of a pipeline You plan to calculate the volume inside a stretch of pipeline that is about 36 cm in diameter and 1 km long. With which measurement should you be more careful, the length or the diameter? Why?

  2. Sensitivity to change Is 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 −𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 −3 more sensitive to changes in 𝑥 or to changes in 𝑦 when it is near the point (1, 2)? How do you know?

  3. Change in an electrical circuit Suppose that the current I (amperes) in an electrical circuit is related to the voltage V (volts) and the resistance R (ohms) by the equation I = V/R. If the voltage drops from 24 to 23 volts and the resistance drops from 100 to 80 ohms, will I increase or decrease? By about how much? Is the change in I more sensitive to change in the voltage or to change in the resistance? How do you know?

  4. Maximum error in estimating the area of an ellipse If 𝑎 =10cm and 𝑏 =16cm to the nearest millimeter, what should you expect the maximum percentage error to be in the calculated area 𝐴 =𝜋𝑎𝑏 of the ellipse 𝑥2/𝑎2 +𝑦2/𝑏2 =1 ?

  5. Error in estimating a product Let 𝑦 =𝑢𝑣 and 𝑧 =𝑢 +𝑣 , where 𝑢 and 𝑣 are positive independent variables.

a. If u is measured with an error of 2% and v with an error of 3%, about what is the percentage error in the calculated value of y?

b. Show that the percentage error in the calculated value of 𝑧 is less than the percentage error in the value of 𝑦 .

  1. Cardiac index To make different people comparable in studies of cardiac output, researchers divide the measured cardiac output by the body surface area to find the cardiac index C:
𝐶= cardiac output  body surface area .

The body surface area B of a person with weight w and height h is approximated by the formula

𝐵=71.84𝑤0.425ℎ0.725,

which gives B in square centimeters when w is measured in kilograms and h in centimeters. You are about to calculate the cardiac index of a person 180 cm tall, weighing 70 kg, with cardiac output of 7 L/min. Which will have a greater effect on the calculation, a 1-kg error in measuring the weight or a 1-cm error in measuring the height?

Local Extrema

Test the functions in Exercises 65–70 for local maxima and minima and saddle points. Find each function’s value at these points.

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2−𝑥𝑦+𝑦2+2𝑥+2𝑦−4
  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =5𝑥2 +4𝑥𝑦 −2𝑦2 +4𝑥 −4𝑦

  2. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =2𝑥3 +3𝑥𝑦 +2𝑦3

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥3+𝑦3−3𝑥𝑦+15 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥3+𝑦3+3𝑥2−3𝑦2 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥4−8𝑥2+3𝑦2−6𝑦

Absolute Extrema

In Exercises 71–78, find the absolute maximum and minimum values of f on the region R.

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑥𝑦 +𝑦2 −3𝑥 +3𝑦

𝑅 : The triangular region cut from the first quadrant by the line 𝑥 +𝑦 =4

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑥2−𝑦2−2𝑥+4𝑦+1

R: The rectangular region in the first quadrant bounded by the coordinate axes and the lines x = 4 and y = 2

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=𝑦2−𝑥𝑦−3𝑦+2𝑥

R: The square region enclosed by the lines 𝑥 = ±2 and 𝑦 = ±2

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)=2𝑥+2𝑦−𝑥2−𝑦2

R: The square region bounded by the coordinate axes and the lines x = 2, y = 2 in the first quadrant

75. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 −𝑦2 −2𝑥 +4𝑦

R: The triangular region bounded below by the x-axis, above by the line 𝑦 =𝑥 +2 , and on the right by the line x = 2

76. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =4𝑥𝑦 −𝑥4 −𝑦4 +16

R: The triangular region bounded below by the line y = -2, above by the line y = x, and on the right by the line x = 2

R: The square region enclosed by the lines 𝑥 = ±1 and 𝑦 = ±1

  1. 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥3 +3𝑥𝑦 +𝑦3 +1 R: The square region enclosed by the lines 𝑥 = ±1 and 𝑦 = ±1

Lagrange Multipliers

  1. Extrema on a circle Find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥3 +𝑦2 on the circle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =1 .

  2. Extrema on a circle Find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥𝑦 on the circle 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =1 .

  3. Extrema in a disk Find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +3𝑦2 +2𝑦 on the unit disk 𝑥2 +𝑦2 ≤1 .

  4. Extrema in a disk Find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑥2 +𝑦2 −3𝑥 −𝑥𝑦 on the disk 𝑥2 +𝑦2 ≤9 .

  5. Extrema on a sphere Find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥 −𝑦 +𝑧 on the unit sphere 𝑥2 +𝑦2 +𝑧2 =1 .

  6. Minimum distance to origin Find the points on the surface 𝑥2 −𝑧𝑦 =4 closest to the origin.

  7. Minimizing cost of a box A closed rectangular box is to have volume 𝑉 𝑐𝑚3 . The cost of the material used in the box is 𝑎 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠/𝑐𝑚2 for top and bottom, 𝑏 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠/𝑐𝑚2 for front and back, and 𝑐 𝑐𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑠/𝑐𝑚2 for the remaining sides. What dimensions minimize the total cost of materials?

  8. Least volume Find the plane 𝑥/𝑎 +𝑦/𝑏 +𝑧/𝑐 =1 that passes through the point (2, 1, 2) and cuts off the least volume from the first octant.

  9. Extrema on curve of intersecting surfaces Find the extreme values of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥(𝑦 +𝑧) on the curve of intersection of the right circular cylinder 𝑥2 +𝑦2 =1 and the hyperbolic cylinder 𝑥𝑧 =1 .

  10. Minimum distance to origin on curve of intersecting plane and cone Find the point closest to the origin on the curve of intersection of the plane 𝑥 +𝑦 +𝑧 =1 and the cone 𝑧2 =2𝑥2 +2𝑦2 .

Theory and Examples

  1. Let 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑟,𝜃) , 𝑟 =√𝑥2+𝑦2 , and 𝜃 =tan−1⁡(𝑦/𝑥) . Find 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑦 , and express your answers in terms of 𝑟 and 𝜃 .

  2. Let 𝑧 =𝑓(𝑢,𝑣) , 𝑢 =𝑎𝑥 +𝑏𝑦 , and 𝑣 =𝑎𝑥 −𝑏𝑦 . Express 𝑧𝑥 and 𝑧𝑦 in terms of 𝑓𝑢,𝑓𝑣 , and the constants 𝑎 and 𝑏 .

  3. If 𝑎 and 𝑏 are constants, 𝑤 =𝑢3 +tanh⁡𝑢 +cos⁡𝑢 , and 𝑢 =𝑎𝑥 +𝑏𝑦 , show that

𝑎𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦=𝑏𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑥.
  1. Using the Chain Rule If 𝑤 =ln⁡(𝑥2 +𝑦2 +2𝑧) , 𝑥 =𝑟 +𝑠 , 𝑦 =𝑟 −𝑠 , and 𝑧 =2𝑟𝑠 , find 𝑤𝑟 and 𝑤𝑠 by the Chain Rule. Then check your answer another way.

  2. Angle between vectors The equations 𝑒𝑢cos⁡𝑣 −𝑥 =0 and 𝑒𝑢sin⁡𝑣 −𝑦 =0 define u and v as differentiable functions of x and y. Show that the angle between the vectors

𝜕𝑢𝜕𝑥𝐢+𝜕𝑢𝜕𝑦𝐣 and 𝜕𝑣𝜕𝑥𝐢+𝜕𝑣𝜕𝑦𝐣

is constant.

  1. Polar coordinates and second derivatives Introducing polar coordinates 𝑥 =𝑟cos⁡𝜃 and 𝑦 =𝑟sin⁡𝜃 changes 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) to 𝑔(𝑟,𝜃) . Find the value of 𝜕2𝑔/𝜕𝜃2 at the point (𝑟,𝜃) =(2,𝜋/2) , given that
𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥=𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦=𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥2=𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦2=1

at that point.

  1. Normal line parallel to a plane Find the points on the surface
(𝑦+𝑧)2+(𝑧−𝑥)2=16

where the normal line is parallel to the yz-plane.

  1. Tangent plane parallel to 𝑥𝑦 -plane Find the points on the surface
𝑥𝑦+𝑦𝑧+𝑧𝑥−𝑥−𝑧2=0

where the tangent plane is parallel to the xy-plane.

  1. When gradient is parallel to position vector Suppose that ∇𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) is always parallel to the position vector 𝑥𝐢 +𝑦𝐣 +𝑧𝐤 . Show that 𝑓(0,0,𝑎) =𝑓(0,0, −𝑎) for any a.

  2. One-sided directional derivative in all directions, but no gradient The one-sided directional derivative of 𝑓 at 𝑃(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0) in the direction 𝐮 =𝑢1𝐢 +𝑢2𝐣 +𝑢3𝐤 is the number

lim𝑠→0+𝑓(𝑥0+𝑠𝑢1,𝑦0+𝑠𝑢2,𝑧0+𝑠𝑢3)−𝑓(𝑥0,𝑦0,𝑧0)𝑠.

Show that the one-sided directional derivative of

𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧)=√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2

at the origin equals 1 in any direction but that f has no gradient vector at the origin.

  1. Normal line through origin Show that the line normal to the surface 𝑥𝑦 +𝑧 =2 at the point (1, 1, 1) passes through the origin.

  2. Tangent plane and normal line

a. Sketch the surface 𝑥2 −𝑦2 +𝑧2 =4 .

b. Find a vector normal to the surface at (2, −3,3) . Add the vector to your sketch.

c. Find equations for the tangent plane and the normal line at (2, −3,3) .

Partial Derivatives with Constrained Variables

In Exercises 101 and 102, begin by drawing a diagram that shows the relations among the variables.

  1. If 𝑤 =𝑥2𝑒𝑦𝑧 and 𝑧 =𝑥2 −𝑦2 find

a. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑦)𝑧 b. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧)𝑥 c. (𝜕𝑤𝜕𝑧)𝑦

  1. Let 𝑈 =𝑓(𝑃,𝑉,𝑇) be the internal energy of a gas that obeys the ideal gas law 𝑃𝑉 =𝑛𝑅𝑇 ( 𝑛 and 𝑅 constant). Find
𝐚.(𝜕𝑈𝜕𝑇)𝑃𝐛.(𝜕𝑈𝜕𝑉)𝑇.

CHAPTER 13

Additional and Advanced Exercises

Partial Derivatives

  1. Function with saddle at the origin If you did Exercise 64 in Section 13.2, you know that the function
𝑓(𝑥,𝑦)={𝑥𝑦𝑥2−𝑦2𝑥2+𝑦2,(𝑥,𝑦)≠(0,0)0,(𝑥,𝑦)=(0,0)

(see the accompanying figure) is continuous at (0,0) . Find 𝑓𝑥𝑦(0,0) and 𝑓𝑦𝑥(0,0) .

教材插图

  1. Finding a function from second partials Find a function 𝑤 =𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) whose first partial derivatives are 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑥 =1 +𝑒𝑥cos⁡𝑦 and 𝜕𝑤/𝜕𝑦 =2𝑦 −𝑒𝑥sin⁡𝑦 and whose value at the point (ln 2, 0) is ln 2.

  2. A proof of Leibniz’s Rule Leibniz’s Rule says that if 𝑓 is continuous on [𝑎,𝑏] and if 𝑢(𝑥) and 𝑣(𝑥) are differentiable functions of 𝑥 whose values lie in [𝑎,𝑏] , then

𝑑𝑑𝑥∫𝑣(𝑥)𝑢(𝑥)𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡=𝑓(𝑣(𝑥))𝑑𝑣𝑑𝑥−𝑓(𝑢(𝑥))𝑑𝑢𝑑𝑥.

Prove the rule by setting

𝑔(𝑢,𝑣)=∫𝑣𝑢𝑓(𝑡)𝑑𝑡,𝑢=𝑢(𝑥),𝑣=𝑣(𝑥)

and calculating dg/dx with the Chain Rule.

  1. Finding a function with constrained second partials Suppose that 𝑓 is a twice-differentiable function of 𝑟 , that 𝑟 =√𝑥2+𝑦2+𝑧2 , and that
𝑓𝑥𝑥+𝑓𝑦𝑦+𝑓𝑧𝑧=0.

Show that for some constants a and b,

𝑓(𝑟)=𝑎𝑟+𝑏.
  1. Homogeneous functions A function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is homogeneous of degree n (n a nonnegative integer) if 𝑓(𝑡𝑥,𝑡𝑦) =𝑡𝑛𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) for all t, x, and y. For such a function (sufficiently differentiable), prove that
𝐚.𝑥𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥+𝑦𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦=𝑛𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) 𝐛.𝑥2(𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥2)+2𝑥𝑦(𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑥𝜕𝑦)+𝑦2(𝜕2𝑓𝜕𝑦2)=𝑛(𝑛−1)𝑓.
  1. Surface in polar coordinates Let
𝑓(𝑟,𝜃)={sin⁡6𝑟6𝑟,𝑟≠01,𝑟=0,

where r and 𝜃 are polar coordinates. Find

a. lim𝑟→0𝑓(𝑟,𝜃)

b. 𝑓𝑟(0,0)

c. 𝑓𝜃(𝑟,𝜃) , 𝑟 ≠0 .

教材插图

Gradients and Tangents

  1. Properties of position vectors Let 𝐫 =𝑥𝐢 +𝑦𝐣 +𝑧𝐤 and let 𝑟 =|𝐫| .

a. Show that ∇𝑟 =𝐫/𝑟 .

b. Show that ∇(𝑟𝑛) =𝑛𝑟𝑛−2𝐫 .

c. Find a function whose gradient equals r.

d. Show that 𝑟 ⋅𝑑𝑟 =𝑟𝑑𝑟 .

e. Show that ∇(𝐀 ⋅𝐫) =𝐀 for any constant vector A.

  1. Gradient orthogonal to tangent Suppose that a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) has the constant value c along the differentiable curve 𝑥 =𝑔(𝑡) , 𝑦 =ℎ(𝑡) ; that is,
𝑓(𝑔(𝑡),ℎ(𝑡))=𝑐

for all values of 𝑡 . Differentiate both sides of this equation with respect to 𝑡 to show that ∇𝑓 is orthogonal to the curve’s tangent vector at every point on the curve.

  1. Curve tangent to a surface Show that the curve
𝐫(𝑡)=(ln⁡𝑡)𝐢+(𝑡ln⁡𝑡)𝐣+𝑡𝐤

is tangent to the surface

𝑥𝑧2−𝑦𝑧+cos⁡𝑥𝑦=1

at (0,0,1) .

  1. Curve tangent to a surface Show that the curve
𝐫(𝑡)=(𝑡34−2)𝐢+(4𝑡−3)𝐣+cos⁡(𝑡−2)𝐤

is tangent to the surface

𝑥3+𝑦3+𝑧3−𝑥𝑦𝑧=0

at (0, −1,1) .

Extreme Values

  1. Extrema on a surface Show that the only possible maxima and minima of 𝑧 on the surface 𝑧 =𝑥3 +𝑦3 −9𝑥𝑦 +27 occur at (0,0) and (3,3). Show that neither a maximum nor a minimum occurs at (0,0). Determine whether 𝑧 has a maximum or a minimum at (3,3).

  2. Maximum in closed first quadrant Find the maximum value of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =6𝑥𝑦𝑒−(2𝑥+3𝑦) in the closed first quadrant (includes the nonnegative axes).

  3. Minimum volume cut from first octant Find the minimum volume for a region bounded by the planes 𝑥 =0 , 𝑦 =0 , 𝑧 =0 and a plane tangent to the ellipsoid

𝑥2𝑎2+𝑦2𝑏2+𝑧2𝑐2=1

at a point in the first octant.

  1. Minimum distance from a line to a parabola in xy-plane By minimizing the function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑢,𝑣) =(𝑥 −𝑢)2 +(𝑦 −𝑣)2 subject to the constraints 𝑦 =𝑥 +1 and 𝑢 =𝑣2 , find the minimum distance in the xy-plane from the line 𝑦 =𝑥 +1 to the parabola 𝑦2 =𝑥 .

Theory and Examples

  1. Boundedness of first partials implies continuity Prove the following theorem: If 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is defined in an open region 𝑅 of the 𝑥𝑦 -plane and if 𝑓𝑥 and 𝑓𝑦 are bounded on 𝑅 , then 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is continuous on 𝑅 . (The assumption of boundedness is essential.)

  2. Suppose that 𝐫(𝑡) =𝑔(𝑡)𝐢 +ℎ(𝑡)𝐣 +𝑘(𝑡)𝐤 is a smooth curve in the domain of a differentiable function 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) . Describe the relation among df/dt, ∇𝑓 , and v = dr/dt. What can be said about ∇𝑓 and v at interior points of the curve where f has extreme values relative to its other values on the curve? Give reasons for your answer.

  3. Finding functions from partial derivatives Suppose that 𝑓 and 𝑔 are functions of 𝑥 and 𝑦 such that

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑦=𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑥 and 𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥=𝜕𝑔𝜕𝑦,

and suppose that

𝜕𝑓𝜕𝑥=0,𝑓(1,2)=𝑔(1,2)=5, and 𝑓(0,0)=4.

Find 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) and 𝑔(𝑥,𝑦) .

  1. Rate of change of the rate of change We know that if 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) is a function of two variables and if 𝐮 =𝑎𝐢 +𝑏𝐣 is a unit vector, then 𝐷𝐮𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =𝑓𝑥(𝑥,𝑦)𝑎 +𝑓𝑦(𝑥,𝑦)𝑏 is the rate of change of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at (𝑥,𝑦) in the direction of 𝐮 . Give a similar formula for the rate of change of the rate of change of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) at (𝑥,𝑦) in the direction 𝐮 .

  2. Path of a heat-seeking particle A heat-seeking particle has the property that at any point (𝑥,𝑦) in the plane, it moves in the direction of maximum temperature increase. If the temperature at (𝑥,𝑦) is 𝑇(𝑥,𝑦) = −𝑒−2𝑦cos⁡𝑥 , find an equation 𝑦 =𝑓(𝑥) for the path of a heat-seeking particle at the point (𝜋/4,0) .

  3. Velocity after a ricochet A particle traveling in a straight line with constant velocity 𝑖 +𝑗 −5𝑘 passes through the point (0,0,30) and hits the surface 𝑧 =2𝑥2 +3𝑦2 . The particle ricochets off the surface, the angle of reflection being equal to the angle of incidence. Assuming no loss of speed, what is the velocity of the particle after the ricochet? Simplify your answer.

  4. Directional derivatives tangent to a surface Let 𝑆 be the surface that is the graph of 𝑓(𝑥,𝑦) =10 −𝑥2 −𝑦2 . Suppose that the temperature in space at each point (𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) is 𝑇(𝑥,𝑦,𝑧) =𝑥2𝑦 +𝑦2𝑧 +4𝑥 +14𝑦 +𝑧 .

a. Among all the possible directions tangential to the surface S at the point (0,0,10) , which direction will make the rate of change of temperature at (0,0,10) a maximum?

b. Which direction tangential to S at the point (1,1,8) will make the rate of change of temperature a maximum?

  1. Drilling another borehole On a flat surface of land, geologists drilled a borehole straight down and hit a mineral deposit at 300 m. They drilled a second borehole 30 m to the north of the first and hit the mineral deposit at 285 m. A third borehole 30 m east of the first borehole struck the mineral deposit at 307.5 m. The geologists have reasons to believe that the mineral deposit is in the shape of a dome, and for the sake of economy, they would like to find where the deposit is closest to the surface. Assuming the surface to be the xy-plane, in what direction from the first borehole would you suggest the geologists drill their fourth borehole?

The one-dimensional heat equation If 𝑤(𝑥,𝑡) represents the temperature at position x at time t in a uniform wire with perfectly insulated sides, then the partial derivatives 𝑤𝑥𝑥 and 𝑤𝑡 satisfy a differential equation of the form

𝑤𝑥𝑥=1𝑐2𝑤𝑡.

This equation is called the one-dimensional heat equation. The value of the positive constant 𝑐2 is determined by the material from which the wire is made.

  1. Find all solutions of the one-dimensional heat equation of the form 𝑤 =𝑒𝑟𝑡sin⁡𝜋𝑥 , where r is a constant.

  2. Find all solutions of the one-dimensional heat equation that have the form 𝑤 =𝑒𝑟𝑡sin⁡𝑘𝑥 and satisfy the conditions that 𝑤(0,𝑡) =0 and 𝑤(𝐿,𝑡) =0 . What happens to these solutions as 𝑡 →∞ ?

CHAPTER 13 Technology Application Projects

Mathematica/Maple Projects

Projects can be found within MyLab Math.

  • Plotting Surfaces Efficiently generate plots of surfaces, contours, and level curves.

  • Exploring the Mathematics Behind Skateboarding: Analysis of the Directional Derivative The path of a skateboarder is introduced, first on a level plane, then on a ramp, and finally on a paraboloid. Compute, plot, and analyze the directional derivative in terms of the skateboarder.

  • Looking for Patterns and Applying the Method of Least Squares to Real Data Fit a line to a set of numerical data points by choosing the line that minimizes the sum of the squares of the vertical distances from the points to the line.

  • Lagrange Goes Skateboarding: How High Does He Go? Revisit and analyze the skateboarders’ adventures for maximum and minimum heights from both a graphical and analytic perspective using Lagrange multipliers.